David W. Blass, Esq. Ryan P. Brizek, Esq. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 900 G Street NW Washington, DC 20001 |
Marc A. De Oliveira, Esq. Franklin Templeton 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902 |
when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c) |
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed registration statement. |
This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is . |
This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is . |
This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is . |
Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”)). |
Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act). |
Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act). |
A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form). |
Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act). |
Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). |
☐ | If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act. |
New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing). |
Page |
||||
1 | ||||
25 | ||||
27 | ||||
29 | ||||
30 | ||||
31 | ||||
32 | ||||
34 | ||||
47 | ||||
50 | ||||
85 | ||||
91 | ||||
92 | ||||
94 | ||||
96 | ||||
99 | ||||
103 | ||||
104 | ||||
108 | ||||
112 | ||||
112 | ||||
112 | ||||
114 |
The Fund |
Western Asset Mortgage Opportunity Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. |
The Offering |
The Fund may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, up to $75,000,000 of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), which we also refer to as our securities, at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more prospectus supplements (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”) to this Prospectus. We may also offer subscription rights to purchase our Common Stock. |
We may offer and sell our securities to or through underwriters, through dealers or agents that we designate from time to time, directly to purchasers, through at-the-market |
Who May Want to Invest |
Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors, and the Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Fund is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund may be an appropriate investment for investors who are seeking: |
• | A portfolio consisting primarily of mortgage-backed securities; |
• | Access to an opportunistic investment strategy |
• | The potential for attractive monthly distributions and capital appreciation; |
• | The professional, active management and mortgage-backed experience of Western Asset Management; |
Investment Objectives and Strategies |
The Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income. As a secondary investment objective, the Fund will seek capital appreciation. There can be no assurance the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. See “The Fund’s Investments.” |
The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diverse portfolio of MBS and mortgage whole loans. Investments in mortgage-backed securities consist primarily of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). The Fund’s investments in mortgage whole loans under normal circumstances will not exceed 20% of its Managed Assets. MBS represent interests in diversified pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, and typically take the form of pass-through securities or collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). MBS include, but are not limited to, the following: non-agency RMBS, including credit risk transfer (“CRT”) securities, which are securities issued by the the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), but are not guaranteed like other agency securities issued by government agencies; CMBS; U.S. agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other federal agencies, or issues guaranteed by them; delegated underwriting and servicing bonds, including pools of multi-family housing loans issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; CMOs, including interest only (“IO”), principal only (“PO”) and other mortgage securities backed by U.S. agency or non-agency pass-through securities; mortgage-related asset-backed securities (“ABS”), such as home equity loan-backed (“HEQ”) securities; MBS credit default swaps (including on the CMBX, TRX and ABX indices) and other derivative instruments related to MBS; inverse floating rate securities, which are derivative interests in MBS; RMBS denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (“non-dollar RMBS”); repurchase agreements supported by agency MBS; and junior and equity tranches of MBS. The Fund may invest in MBS of any type and of any credit quality, without limitation. |
Non-agency RMBS are securities issued by private entities, while agency RMBS are securities issued by government agencies. |
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in MBS and mortgage whole loans. |
The Fund also may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other permitted investments, including cash and cash equivalents; non-mortgage related ABS backed by various asset classes including, but not limited to, small balance commercial mortgages, aircrafts, automobiles, credit cards, equipment, manufactured housing, franchises, recreational vehicles and student loans; and investment grade and below investment grade (i.e., “high yield” or “junk”) fixed income securities including bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and other similar types of debt instruments including hybrid securities. See “The Fund’s Investments” for additional information on the types of securities in which the Fund may invest. |
As used throughout this prospectus, “Managed Assets” means the net assets of the Fund plus the amount of any Borrowings and assets attributable to Preferred Stock that may be outstanding. |
The Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in MBS that were originally rated AAA, but subsequently have been downgraded to below investment grade and MBS that were at issuance or are currently below investment grade or not-rated. |
The Fund may invest in derivative instruments, such as options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, indexed securities, credit linked notes, credit default swaps and other swap agreements for investment, hedging and risk management purposes; provided that the Fund’s use of derivative instruments, as measured by the total notional amount of all such instruments, will not exceed 20% of its Managed Assets. With respect to this limitation, the Fund may net derivatives with opposite exposure to the same underlying instrument. To the extent that the security or index underlying the derivative or synthetic instrument is or is composed of MBS, the Fund will include such derivative and synthetic instruments for the purposes of the Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in MBS and mortgage whole loans. Derivatives counted towards the Fund’s 80% policy are valued based on market value. The Fund may sell certain equities or fixed income securities short including, but not limited to Treasury securities, for investing and/or hedging purposes. |
The Fund may invest in debt investments of any maturity and duration. The Fund will invest a substantial portion of its assets in MBS that were originally rated AAA, but subsequently have been downgraded to below investment grade. The Fund is not limited in its ability to invest in below investment grade or illiquid securities. Below investment grade fixed income securities are rated below “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), below “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, determined by Western Asset to be of comparable quality. Below investment grade fixed income securities are commonly referred to as “high |
yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In the event that a security receives different ratings from different NRSROs, the Fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an NRSRO. “Illiquid securities” are securities which cannot be sold within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities. |
Percentage limitations described in this prospectus are as of the time of investment by the Fund and may be exceeded on a going-forward basis as a result of credit rating downgrades or market value fluctuations of the Fund’s portfolio securities. |
Western Asset has extensive experience analyzing the relative value of securities within various sectors of the mortgage markets, including undervalued distressed assets. Western Asset intends to seek to maximize returns on the Fund’s investments in distressed assets by evaluating market opportunities based on the condition of the various sectors of the mortgage markets, the relative value of the specific asset within such markets and an internal risk/return analysis. In making investment decisions on behalf of the Fund, Western Asset will incorporate its views on the economic environment and the outlook for the mortgage markets, including relative valuation, supply and demand trends, the level of interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, prepayment rates, financing and liquidity, commercial and residential real estate prices, delinquencies, default rates, recovery of various segments of the economy and vintage of collateral. |
At times Western Asset may judge that conditions in the markets for MBS make pursuing the Fund’s primary investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of its stockholders. During temporary defensive periods or in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including during the period when the net proceeds of the offering of Common Stock are being invested, the Fund may deviate from its investment policies and objectives. At such times Western Asset may, temporarily, use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s assets. If the Fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objectives. In implementing these “defensive” strategies, the Fund may invest all or a portion of assets in non-U.S. government securities which have received the highest investment grade credit rating; certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association; commercial paper; bankers’ acceptances; bank time deposits; shares of money market funds; repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing; or any other fixed income securities that Western Asset considers consistent with this strategy. It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Fund will use these alternative strategies. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be successful. See “The Fund’s |
Investments—Temporary Defensive Strategies” and “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Temporary Defensive Strategies Risk” in this prospectus and “Investment Policies and Techniques” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”). |
For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s portfolio composition, see “The Fund’s Investments.” |
Leverage |
The Fund may seek to enhance the level of its current distributions to Common Stockholders through the use of leverage. |
The Fund may use leverage through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions, the use of reverse repurchase agreements and/or the issuance of debt securities (collectively, “Borrowings”), and possibly through the issuance of preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”) . The Fund may use leverage through Borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to approximately 33 1 /3 % of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) immediately after such Borrowings. Furthermore, the Fund may use leverage through the issuance of Preferred Stock in an aggregate amount of liquidation preference attributable to the Preferred Stock combined with the aggregate amount of any Borrowings of up to approximately 50% of the Fund’s total net assets immediately after such issuance. Currently, the Fund has no intention to use leverage through the issuance of notes or debt securities or Preferred Stock. In addition, the Fund may enter into additional reverse repurchase agreements and/or use similar investment management techniques that may provide leverage, subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. Under Rule 18f-4(d), the Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions in reliance on the rule if the Fund either (i) complies with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act, and combines the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating its asset coverage ratio; or (ii) treats all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under the rule. See “Leverage,” “Description of Shares—Preferred Stock” and “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Leverage Risk.” |
The Fund currently uses leverage through Borrowings and as of December 31, 2023, 42% of the Fund’s gross assets were levered. |
The Fund may establish a standby credit facility in an amount up to 5% of its Managed Assets as a temporary measure for purposes of making distributions to stockholders in order to maintain its favorable tax treatment as a regulated investment company. In addition, the Fund may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act. Any such indebtedness would be in addition to the combined direct and implicit leverage ratio of up to 33 1 /3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets. |
During periods when the Fund is using leverage through Borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Stock, the fees paid to FTFA, Western Asset, and Western Asset Limited for advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, which includes the principal amount of the Borrowings and any assets attributable to the issuance of Preferred Stock. This means that FTFA, Western Asset, and Western Asset Limited may have a financial incentive to increase the Fund’s use of leverage. See “Leverage” and “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Leverage Risk.” |
There can be no assurance that the Fund’s leverage strategy will be successful. The use of leverage creates special risks for Common Stockholders. See “Leverage” and “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Leverage Risk.” |
Derivatives |
Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose values depend upon, or are derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates and related indexes. The Fund may invest in derivative instruments, such as options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, indexed securities, credit linked notes, credit default swaps and other swap agreements for investment, hedging and risk management purposes; provided that the Fund’s use of derivative instruments, as measured by the total notional amount of all such instruments, will not exceed 20% of its Managed Assets. With respect to this limitation, the Fund may net derivatives with opposite exposure to the same underlying instrument. To the extent that the security or index underlying the derivative or synthetic instrument is, or is composed of, MBS, the Fund will include such derivative and synthetic instruments for the purposes of the Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in MBS and mortgage whole loans. The Fund may sell certain equities or fixed income securities short. |
Effective August 19, 2022, the Fund began operating under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act which, among other things, governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a value at risk (“VaR”) based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. Rule 18f-4 may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase Fund volatility. See “Leverage” and “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Leverage Risk.” |
Distributions |
The Fund distributes its net investment income on a monthly basis and distributes annually any realized capital gains. Your initial |
distribution is expected to be declared approximately 60 days, and paid approximately 90 days, after the completion of this offering, depending upon market conditions. |
As of the date of this Prospectus, we have paid distributions to Common Stockholders every month since inception. We intend to continue to pay monthly distributions to our Common Stockholders. Payment of future distributions is subject to authorization by our Board of Directors, as well as meeting the covenants under our outstanding notes and credit facility and the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act. See “Distributions.” |
Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash (i.e., opt out), all of your distributions, including any capital gains distributions on your Common Stock, will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” |
An affiliate of FTFA has received an exemptive order from the SEC under the 1940 Act facilitating the implementation of a managed distribution policy for certain funds for which it, or one of its affiliates, provides investment management services, including the Fund. The Fund does not intend to implement a managed distribution policy at this time; however, the Board of Directors may, at the request of FTFA and Western Asset, adopt a managed distribution policy in the future. See “Distributions.” |
The Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which generally relieves the Fund of any liability for federal income tax to the extent its earnings are distributed to shareholders. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). |
The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its monthly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Stockholders. |
Investment Manager |
FTFA is the Fund’s investment manager. FTFA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, a global investment management organization operating as Franklin Templeton, is a registered investment adviser and provides administrative and management services to the Fund. In addition, FTFA performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the Fund, such as (1) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the |
monitoring of performance and billings of the Fund’s transfer agent, stockholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (2) providing certain compliance, Fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (3) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to stockholders; (4) maintaining the Fund’s existence and (5) during such times as shares are publicly offered, maintaining the registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares under federal and state laws. As of March 31, 2024, FTFA’s total assets under management were approximately $180.1 billion. Franklin Templeton is a global asset management firm. As of March 31, 2024, Franklin Templeton’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management over $1.6 trillion. |
FTFA receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. |
The Fund will pay all of its offering expenses. The Fund’s management fees and other expenses are borne by the Common Stockholders. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” and “Management of the Fund.” |
Subadviser |
Western Asset, the Fund’s subadviser, has day-to-day |
As of December 31, 2023, Western Asset and its supervised affiliates had approximately $388.9 billion in assets under management. |
Western Asset receives an annual subadvisory fee, payable monthly, from FTFA in an amount equal to 70% of the management fee paid to FTFA. No fee will be paid by the Fund directly to Western Asset. See “Management of the Fund.” |
Non-U.S. Subadviser |
In connection with Western Assets service to the Fund, Western Asset Limited provides certain subadvisory services to the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement with Western Asset (the “Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement”). Western Asset Limited is generally responsible for managing investments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. |
Western Asset pays Western Asset Limited a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Fund. Western Asset pays Western Asset Limited a monthly subadvisory fee in an amount equal to 100% of the management fee paid to Western Asset on the assets that Western Asset allocates to Western Asset Limited to manage. See “Management of the Fund.” |
Listing |
The Fund’s shares of Common Stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading or “ticker” symbol |
“DMO.” The net asset value of our Common Stock at the close of business on August 20, 2024 was $12.23 per share, and the last sale price per share of our Common Stock on the NYSE on that date was $12.21. |
Custodian and Transfer Agent |
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as custodian of the Fund’s assets. Computershare Inc. serves as the Fund’s transfer agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.” |
Special Principal Risk Considerations |
An investment in the Fund’s securities involves various principal risks. The following is a summary of certain of these risks. It is not complete and you should read and consider carefully the more complete list of risks described below under “Risks” before purchasing Common Stock in this offering. |
Risks Related to the Fund |
Investment and Market Risk. |
Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value Risk closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of the Fund’s investment activities and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period following completion of any offering under this Prospectus. Although the value of the Fund’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of the Fund’s Common Stock depends upon whether the market price of the Fund’s Common Stock at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for the Fund’s Common Stock. Because the market price of the Fund’s Common Stock is affected by factors such as net asset value, dividend or distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for the Fund’s Common Stock, |
stability of distributions, trading volume of the Fund’s Common Stock, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond our control, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Stock will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the offering price. The Fund’s Common Stock is designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. |
Management Risk and Reliance on Key Personnel |
Risks Related to Investments in MBS closed-end, under what terms (including maturity of the MBS) any remaining balance in the accounts may revert to the issuing entity and the extent to which the entity that is the actual source of the collateral assets is obligated to provide support to the issuing vehicle or to the investors in such MBS. In addition, concentrations of MBS of a particular type, as well as concentrations of MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the |
same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the MBS to additional risk. |
The risks associated with MBS include: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the MBS; (4) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (5) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral. |
Moreover, the relationship between borrower prepayments and changes in interest rates may mean some high-yielding mortgage-related and asset-backed securities have less potential for increases in value if market interest rates were to fall than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments tends to increase. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, mortgage-related and asset-backed security’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Fund purchases mortgage-related securities at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid. |
The Fund’s success depends on the Western Asset’s ability to analyze the relationship of changing interest rates on prepayments of the mortgage loans that underlie the Fund’s MBS. Changes in interest rates and prepayments affect the market price of the target assets that the Fund intends to purchase and any target assets that the Fund holds at a given time. As part of the Fund’s overall portfolio risk management, Western Asset will analyze interest rate changes and prepayment trends separately and collectively to assess their effects on the Fund’s investment portfolio. In conducting its analysis, Western Asset will depend on certain assumptions based upon historical trends with respect to the relationship between interest rates and prepayments under normal market conditions. If the recent dislocations in the mortgage market or other developments change the way that prepayment trends have historically responded to interest rate changes, Western Asset’s ability to (1) assess the market value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, (2) implement any hedging strategies and (3) implement techniques to reduce prepayment rate volatility would be significantly affected, which could materially adversely affect the Fund’s financial position and results of operations. |
In general, losses on a mortgaged property securing a mortgage loan included in a securitization will be borne first by the equity holder of the property, then by a cash reserve fund or letter of credit, if any, then by the holder of a mezzanine loan or B-Note, if any, then by the “first loss” subordinated security holder (generally, the “B-Piece” buyer) and then by the holder of a higher-rated security. In the event of default and the exhaustion of any equity support, reserve fund, letter of credit, mezzanine loans or B-Notes, and any classes of securities junior to those in which the Fund invests, the Fund will not be able to recover all of its investment in the MBS it purchases. MBS in which the Fund invests may not contain reserve funds, letters of credit, mezzanine loans and/or junior classes of securities. |
The prices of lower credit quality securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than more highly rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual issuer developments. |
MBS generally are classified as either CMBS or RMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks as further described below. See “-Non-Agency |
Credit Risk |
could have a negative impact on the Fund’s net asset value, dividends and on the market value of the Common Stock. The market values for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be volatile, and these securities are less liquid than investment grade securities, potentially making them difficult to value. |
Interest Rate Risk |
Prepayment Risk Fund—Non-Agency RMBS Risk” and “—CMBS Risk.” |
Distressed Investments non-performing and sub-performing RMBS and CMBS, many of which are not publicly traded and which may involve a substantial degree of risk. In certain periods, there may be little or no liquidity in the markets for these securities or instruments. In addition, the prices of such securities or instruments may be |
subject to periods of abrupt and erratic market movements and above-average price volatility. It may be more difficult to value such securities and the spread between the bid and asked prices of such securities may be greater than normally expected. If Western Asset’s evaluation of the risks and anticipated outcome of an investment in a distressed security should prove incorrect, the Fund may lose a substantial portion or all of its investment. |
Leverage Risk |
Below Investment Grade ( “ High Yield ” or “ Junk ” ) Securities Risk |
Credit Risk Associated with Originators and Servicers of Residential and Commercial Mortgage Loans |
as from increases in claims for repurchases of mortgage loans previously sold by them under agreements that require repurchase in the event of breaches of representations regarding loan quality and characteristics. Furthermore, the inability of the originator to repurchase such mortgage loans in the event of loan representation breaches or the servicer to repurchase such mortgage loans upon a breach of its servicing obligations also may affect the performance of related non-agency RMBS. Many of these originators and servicers are very highly leveraged. These difficulties may also increase the chances that these entities may default on their warehousing or other credit lines or become insolvent or bankrupt thereby increasing both the likelihood that repurchase obligations will not be fulfilled and the potential for loss to holders of non-agency RMBS and subordinated security holders. |
Subprime Mortgage Market Risk non-agency RMBS backed by collateral pools of mortgage loans that have been originated using underwriting standards that are less restrictive than those used in underwriting “prime mortgage loans” and “Alt-A mortgage loans.” These lower standards include mortgage loans made to borrowers having imperfect or impaired credit histories, mortgage loans where the amount of the loan at origination is 80% or more of the value of the mortgage property, mortgage loans made to borrowers with low credit scores, mortgage loans made to borrowers who have other debt that represents a large portion of their income and mortgage loans made to borrowers whose income is not required to be disclosed or verified. Due to economic conditions, including increased interest rates and lower home prices, as well as aggressive lending practices, subprime mortgage loans have in recent periods experienced increased rates of delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss, and they are likely to continue to experience delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss rates that are higher, and that may be substantially higher, than those experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in a more traditional manner. Thus, because of the higher delinquency rates and losses associated with subprime mortgage loans, the performance of non-agency RMBS backed by subprime mortgage loans that the Fund may acquire could be correspondingly adversely affected, which could adversely impact the Fund’s results of operations, financial condition and business. |
Tax Risks |
to pay U.S. federal income taxes in excess of the cash distributions that the Common Stockholder receives. |
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to regulated investment companies, among other things, the Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and satisfy certain distribution and asset diversification requirements. For any taxable year that the Fund fails to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income would be subject to U.S. federal income tax (and possible state income tax) at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Stockholders. In addition, all distributions (including distributions of net capital gain) would be taxed to Common Stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. See “Risks—Tax Risks—Status as Regulated Investment Company.” |
Investment Focus |
The Fund employs a variety of proprietary risk analytics and risk management tools in connection with making and monitoring portfolio investments. Prospective investors should be aware that no risk management or portfolio analytics system is fail-safe, and no assurance can be given that risk frameworks employed by either FTFA and/or Western Asset (e.g., stop-win, stop-loss, Sharpe Ratios, loss limits, value-at-risk |
Competition for Investment Opportunities |
net proceeds from this offering in MBS to the extent necessary to achieve its investment objectives. |
Risks Related to Fund Distributions in-kind distributions of Common Stock in order to satisfy applicable requirements of tax law. See “Risks—Tax Risks—Cash/Stock Dividend Risks.” |
Derivatives Risk |
Effective August 19, 2022, the Fund began operating under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act which, among other things, governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions |
(e.g. reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a value at risk (VaR) based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. A fund that uses derivative instruments in a limited amount is not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4. Compliance with Rule 18f-4 by the Fund could, among other things, make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, or otherwise adversely affect their performance. Rule 18f-4 may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy. |
Credit default swap contracts involve heightened risks and may result in losses to the Fund. Credit default swaps may be illiquid and difficult to value. When the Fund sells credit protection via a credit default swap, credit risk increases since the Fund has exposure to both the issuer whose credit is the subject of the swap and the counterparty to the swap. |
Liquidity Risk |
Non-Diversification Risk“non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. The Fund may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Fund intends to qualify for the special tax treatment available to “regulated investment companies” under Subchapter M of the Code, and thus intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of Subchapter M, including the less stringent diversification requirement that applies to the percent of its total assets that are represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and certain other securities. |
Risks Related to Potential Conflicts of Interest |
the management of the Fund and those other funds and accounts, and may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities as might be the case if they were to devote substantially more attention to the management of the Fund. FTFA, Western Asset and the Fund’s portfolio managers may identify a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and accounts, and the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds and accounts, which may limit the Fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. Additionally, transaction orders may be aggregated for multiple accounts for purpose of execution, which may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to the Fund than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and accounts. For example, a portfolio manager may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that the Fund holds, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by the Fund. |
The portfolio managers may also engage in cross trades between funds and accounts, may select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions based in part on brokerage and research services provided to FTFA or Western Asset which may not benefit all funds and accounts equally and may receive different amounts of financial or other benefits for managing different funds and accounts. Finally, FTFA or its affiliates may provide more services to some types of funds and accounts than others. |
There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by FTFA, Western Asset and the Fund will be able to identify or mitigate the conflicts of interest that arise between the Fund and any other investment funds or accounts that FTFA and/or Western Asset may manage or advise from time to time . |
The portfolio managers may also engage in cross trades between funds and accounts, may select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions based in part on brokerage and research services provided to FTFA or Western Asset which may not benefit all funds and accounts equally and may receive different amounts of financial or other benefits for managing different funds and accounts. Finally, FTFA or its affiliates may provide more services to some types of funds and accounts than others. |
There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by FTFA, Western Asset and the Fund will be able to identify or mitigate the conflicts of interest that arise between the Fund and any other investment funds or accounts that FTFA and/or Western Asset may manage or advise from time to time. |
Market Events Risk. non-performance or other adverse developments that affect one industry, such as the financial services industry, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems, may spread to other industries, and could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments. |
The long-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and its subsequent variants on economies, markets, industries and individual issuers is not known. Some sectors of the economy and individual issuers have experienced or may experience particularly large losses. Periods of extreme volatility in the financial markets, reduced liquidity of many instruments, increased government debt, inflation, and disruptions to supply chains, consumer demand and employee availability, may continue for some time. The U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and central banks, took extraordinary actions to support local and global economies and the financial markets in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. This and other government intervention into the economy and financial markets may not work as intended, and have resulted in a large expansion of government deficits and debt, the long term consequences of which are not known. In addition, the COVID-19 |
pandemic, and measures taken to mitigate its effects, could result in disruptions to the services provided to the fund by its service providers. |
Raising the ceiling on U.S. government debt has become increasingly politicized. Any failure to increase the total amount that the U.S. government is authorized to borrow could lead to a default on U.S. government obligations, with unpredictable consequences for economies and markets in the U.S. and elsewhere. Recently, inflation and interest rates have increased and may rise further. These circumstances could adversely affect the value and liquidity of the fund’s investments, impair the fund’s ability to satisfy redemption requests, and negatively impact the fund’s performance. |
The United States and other countries are periodically involved in disputes over trade and other matters, which may result in tariffs, investment restrictions and adverse impacts on affected companies and securities. For example, the United States has imposed tariffs and other trade barriers on Chinese exports, has restricted sales of certain categories of goods to China, and has established barriers to investments in China. Trade disputes may adversely affect the economies of the United States and its trading partners, as well as companies directly or indirectly affected and financial markets generally. The United States government has prohibited U.S. persons from investing in Chinese companies designated as related to the Chinese military. These and possible future restrictions could limit the fund’s opportunities for investment and require the sale of securities at a loss or make them illiquid. Moreover, the Chinese government is involved in a longstanding dispute with Taiwan that has included threats of invasion. If the political climate between the United States and China does not improve or continues to deteriorate, if China were to attempt unification of Taiwan by force, or if other geopolitical conflicts develop or get worse, economies, markets and individual securities may be severely affected both regionally and globally, and the value of the fund’s assets may go down. |
Legal and Regulatory Risk |
In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized under these statutes, regulations and otherwise to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The Fund and the Investment Manager have historically been eligible for exemptions from certain regulations. However, there is no assurance that the Fund and FTFA will continue to be eligible for such exemptions. |
The U.S. Government enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, and registration requirements. Although the CFTC has released final rules relating to clearing, reporting, recordkeeping and registration requirements under the legislation, certain of the provisions are subject to further final rule making, and thus its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategies as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk. |
The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts; those position limits may also apply to certain other derivatives positions the Fund may wish to take. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Investment Manager and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore it is possible that the trading decisions of the Investment Manager may have to be modified and that positions held by the Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of the Fund. |
The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain de minimis threshold and may adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. To the extent that the Fund takes a short position, if such short position or strategy become generally known, it could have a significant effect on the Fund’s ability to |
implement its investment strategy. In particular, it would make it more likely that other investors could cause a “short squeeze” in the securities held short by the Fund forcing the Fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements also may limit the Investment Manager’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the Fund seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the Fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the Fund could decrease drastically. Such events could make the Fund unable to execute its investment strategy. In addition, the SEC and other regulatory and self-regulatory authorities have implemented various rules and may adopt additional rules in the future that may impact those engaging in short selling activity. If additional rules were adopted regarding short sales, they could restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances, and the Fund may be unable to execute certain investment strategies as a result. |
The SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on short sales of certain securities in response to market events. Bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies. |
Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk open-end status or changing the composition of the Board, that may be detrimental to the Fund’s ability to achieve its primary investment objective of seeking high current income. The Bylaws also contain a provision providing that the Board of Directors has adopted a resolution to opt in the Fund to the provisions of the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act (“MCSAA”). There can be no assurance, however, that such provisions will be sufficient to deter professional arbitrageurs that seek to cause the Fund to take actions that may not be consistent with its investment objective or aligned with the interests of long-term shareholders, such as liquidating debt investments prior to maturity, triggering taxable events for shareholders and decreasing the size of the Fund. See “Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws” and “Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws—Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act.” Such provisions may limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging an investor from seeking to obtain control of the Fund. There can be no assurance, however, that such provisions will be sufficient to deter professional investors that seek to cause the Fund to take actions that may not be aligned with the interests of long-term shareholders in order to allow the professional investor to arbitrage the Fund’s market |
price. See “Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws” and “Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws—Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act.” |
Portfolio Turnover Risk. |
Additional Risks “Non-Agency RMBS Risk,” “CMBS Risk,” “Interest Rate Risk Associated with Non-Agency RMBS and CMBS,” “Structural Risks Associated with Non-Agency RMBS and CMBS,” “Subordination Risk Associated with Non-Agency RMBS and CMBS,” “ABS Risk,” “Risks Relating to Investments in Mortgage Whole Loans,” “Government Intervention in Financial Markets,” “Currency Risks,” “Expedited Transactions,” “Extension Risk,” “Widening Risk,” “Current Economic Conditions—Credit Crisis Liquidity and Volatility Risk,” “Inflation/Deflation Risk,” “Reinvestment Risk,” “Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk,” “Repurchase Agreements Risk,” “Variable Debt Risk,” “Credit Default Swap Risk,” “Structured Notes and Related Instruments Risk,” “Insolvency Considerations with Respect to Issuers of Indebtedness,” “Portfolio Valuation for Financial Accounting and Other Reporting Purposes,” “Inverse Floating Rate Securities and Tender Option Bonds Risk,” “Other Investment Companies Risk,” “Short Sales Risk,” “Risks of Short Economic Exposure Through Derivatives,” “Risks of Futures and Options on Futures,” “When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions Risk,” “Counterparty Risk,” “Portfolio Turnover Risk,” “Temporary Defensive Strategies Risk,” “Managed Distribution Risk,” “Personnel Turnover Risk,” “Dilution Risk,” “Operational Risk” and “Cybersecurity Risk” please see “Risks” beginning on page 50 of this prospectus. |
SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES |
||||
Sales Load ( |
% (1) | |||
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund ( |
% (2) | |||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Per Transaction Fee to Sell Shares Obtained Pursuant to the Plan |
$ | (3) | ||
TOTAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES (as a (4) |
Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (Assumes Leverage is Used) |
||||
ANNUAL EXPENSES |
||||
Management Fees(5) |
||||
Interest Payment on Borrowed Funds (6) |
||||
Other Expenses (7) |
||||
|
|
|||
TOTAL ANNUAL EXPENSES |
% |
|||
|
|
|||
(1) | The sales load will apply only if the securities to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters. In such case, a corresponding Prospectus Supplement will disclose the applicable sales load. |
(2) | |
(3) | Common Stockholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent (defined below) to sell Common Stock held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” There are no fees charged to stockholders for participating in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. However, stockholders participating in the plan that elect to sell their shares obtained pursuant to the plan would pay $5.00 per transaction to sell shares. |
(4) | The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the offering price and the total stockholder transaction expenses as a percentage of the offering price. |
(5) | |
(6) | The Fund enters into reverse repurchase agreements. The expenses and rates associated with leverage may vary as and when Borrowings or issuances of Preferred Stock are made. “Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds” reflects an annualized interest charge based on the interest rate and borrowings in effect on December 31, 2023 |
(7) | |
1 Year |
3 Years |
5 Years |
10 Years |
|||||||||||
$ | $ | $ | $ |
1 | The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. |
2023 (1) |
2022 (1) |
2021 (1) |
2020 (1) |
2019 (1) |
2018 (1) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period |
$ | 12.12 | $ | 15.40 | $ | 14.96 | $ | 19.48 | $ | 19.28 | $ | 21.27 | ||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
1.07 | 0.95 | 0.89 | 1.23 | 1.51 | 1.65 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) |
0.14 | (3.00 | ) | 0.90 | (4.20 | ) | 0.65 | 0.22 | ||||||||||||||||
Total income from operations |
1.21 | (2.05 | ) | 1.79 | (2.97 | ) | 2.16 | 1.87 | ||||||||||||||||
Less distributions from: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
(1.28 | ) | (1.23 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.13 | ) | (1.45 | ) | (3.03 | ) | ||||||||||||
Return of capital |
— | (0.01 | ) | (0.19 | ) | (0.42 | ) | (0.51 | ) | (0.83 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total distributions |
( 1.28 |
) |
(1.24 | ) | (1.35 |
) |
(1.55 |
) |
(1.96 |
) |
(3.86 |
) | ||||||||||||
Anti-dilutive impact of repurchase plan |
0.00 | ( 2)(3 ) |
0.01 | ( 8 ) |
— | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
Net asset value, end of period |
$ | 12.05 | $ | 12.12 | $ | 15.40 | $ | 14.96 | $ | 19.48 | $ | 19.28 | ||||||||||||
Market price, end of period |
$ | 11.17 | $ | 10.77 | $ | 15.21 | $ | 14.18 | $ | 20.30 | $ | 20.39 | ||||||||||||
Total return, based on NAV ( 4 ) (5) |
10.51 |
% |
(13.69 |
)% |
12.38 |
% |
(14.67 |
)% |
11.65 |
% |
9.26 |
% | ||||||||||||
Total return, based on Market Price ( 6 ) |
16.68 |
% |
(21.64 |
)% |
17.24 |
% |
22.13 |
% |
9.71 |
% |
(1.16 |
)% | ||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (millions) |
$ | 137 | $ | 138 | $ | 177 | $ | 165 | $ | 205 | $ | 202 | ||||||||||||
Ratios to average net assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross expenses |
7.28 | % | 3.80 | % | 2.38 | % | 2.82 | % | 3.56 | % | 3.15 | % | ||||||||||||
Net expenses (7) |
7.14 | ( 8 ) |
3.72 | (8) |
2.10 | (8) |
2.53 | (8) |
3.56 | (8) |
3.15 | |||||||||||||
Net investment income |
8.87 | 6.96 | 5.82 | 8.18 | 7.73 | 7.78 | ||||||||||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate |
24 |
% |
22 |
% (9) |
14 |
% |
11 |
% |
17 |
% |
33 |
% | ||||||||||||
Supplemental data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loan Outstanding, End of Period (000s) |
— | — | — | $ | 45,000 | $ | 98,000 | $ | 99,250 | |||||||||||||||
Asset Coverage Ratio for Loan Outstanding ( 10 ) |
— | — | — | 467 | % | 309 | % | 303 | % | |||||||||||||||
Asset Coverage, per $1,000 Principal Amount of Loan Outstanding ( 10 ) |
— | — | — | $ | 4,667 | $ | 3,089 | $ | 3,035 | |||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Loan (000s) |
— | — | $ | 45,000 | $ | 62,369 | $ | 98,072 | $ | 101,743 | ||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Interest Rate on Loan |
— | — | 1.84 | % | 2.14 | % | 3.46 | % | 3.06 | % |
(1) | Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method. |
(2) | Amount represents less than $0.005 or greater than $(0.005) per share. |
(3) | The repurchase plan was completed at an average repurchase price of $10.21 for 13,982 shares and $142,726 for the year ended December 31, 2023 and $11.16 for 67,728 shares and $755,559 for the year ended December 31, 2022. |
(4) | Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. |
(5) | The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested at NAV. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. |
(6) | The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested in accordance with the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. |
(7) | The manager has agreed to waive the Fund’s management fee to an extent sufficient to offset the net management fee payable in connection with any investment in an affiliated money market fund. |
(8) | Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. |
(9) | Excluding mortgage dollar roll transactions. If mortgage dollar roll transactions had been included, the portfolio turnover rate would have been 24% for the year ended December 31, 2022. |
(10) | Represents value of net assets plus the loan outstanding at the end of the period divided by the loan outstanding at the end of the period. |
2017 (1) |
2016 (1) |
2015 |
2014 |
|||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of year |
$ | 20.70 | $ | 22.76 | $ | 24.75 | $ | 23.78 | ||||||||
Income (loss) from operations: |
||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
1.57 | 1.47 | 2.13 | 1.87 | ||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) |
2.28 | (0.53 | ) | (0.80 | ) | 2.19 | ||||||||||
Total income (loss) from operations |
3.85 |
0.94 |
1.33 |
4.06 |
||||||||||||
Less distributions from: |
||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
(2.69 | ) | (2.95 | ) | (2.33 | ) | (1.75 | ) | ||||||||
Net realized gains |
(0.59 | ) | (0.05 | ) | (0.99 | ) | (1.34 | ) | ||||||||
Total distributions |
(3.28 |
) |
(3.00 |
) |
(3.32 |
) |
(3.09 |
) | ||||||||
Net asset value, end of year |
$ | $21.27 | $ | 20.70 | $ | 22.76 | $ | 24.75 | ||||||||
Market price, end of year |
$ | 24.67 | $ | 22.79 | $ | 23.55 | $ | 23.84 | ||||||||
Total return, based on NAV ( 2)(3 ) |
19.70 |
% |
4.47 |
% |
5.44 |
% |
17.55 |
% | ||||||||
Total return, based on Market Price (4) |
24.20 |
% |
10.80 |
% |
13.56 |
% |
16.76 |
% | ||||||||
Net assets, end of year (000s) |
$ | 222 | $ | 216 | $ | 237 | $ | 258 | ||||||||
Ratios to average net assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Gross expenses |
2.68 | % | 2.97 | % | 2.39 | % | 2.36 | % | ||||||||
Net expenses (6) |
2.68 | 2.97 | 2.39 | 2.36 | ||||||||||||
Net investment income |
7.29 | 6.78 | 8.65 | 7.39 | ||||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate |
35 | % | 23 |
% (5) |
24 | % | 35 | % | ||||||||
Supplemental data: |
||||||||||||||||
Loans Outstanding, End of Year (000s) |
$ | 101,750 | $ | 101,750 | $ | 80,500 | 116,700 | |||||||||
Asset Coverage for Loan Outstanding (6) |
319 | % | 312 | % | 395 | % | 321 | % | ||||||||
Asset Coverage, per $1,000 Principal Amount of Loan Outstanding (6) |
$ | 3,185 | $ | 3,124 | $ | 3,946 | $ | 3,208 | (7) | |||||||
Weighted Average Loan (000s) |
$ | 101,750 | $ | 90,984 | $ | 99,544 | $ | 116,700 | ||||||||
Weighted Average Interest Rate on Loans |
2.06 | % | 1.50 | % | 1.06 | % | 1.02 | % |
(1) | Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method. |
(2) | Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. |
(3) | The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested at NAV. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. |
(4) | The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested in accordance with the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. |
(5) | Excluding mortgage dollar roll transactions. If mortgage dollar roll transactions had been included, the portfolio turnover rate would have been 24%. |
(6) | Represents value of net assets plus the loan outstanding at the end of the period divided by the loan outstanding at the end of the period. |
(7) | Added to conform to current period presentation. |
YEAR |
NAME OF LOAN |
TOTAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING |
ASSET COVERAGE PER $1,000 OF INDEBTEDNESS |
AVERAGE MARKET VALUE PER UNIT ** |
||||||||||
2014* |
Revolving Credit Facility | $ | $ | N/A | ||||||||||
2015* |
Revolving Credit Facility | $ | $ | N/A | ||||||||||
2016 |
Revolving Credit Facility | $ | $ | N/A | ||||||||||
2017 |
Revolving Credit Facility | $ | $ | N/A | ||||||||||
2018 |
Revolving Credit Facility | $ | $ | N/A | ||||||||||
2019 |
Revolving Credit Facility | $ | $ | N/A | ||||||||||
2020 |
Revolving Credit Facility | $ | $ | N/A | ||||||||||
2021* |
Revolving Credit Facility | N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
2022* |
Revolving Credit Facility | N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||
2023* |
Revolving Credit Facility | N/A | N/A | N/A |
* | The Fund had open reverse repurchase agreements at December 31, 2023, 2022, 2021, 2015, 2014. |
** | Not applicable, as these senior securities were not registered for public trading. |
Price Range |
||||||||||||||||||||
NAV(1) |
High |
Low |
Premium of High Sales Price to NAV(2) |
Premium of Low Sales Price to NAV(2) |
||||||||||||||||
Year Ending December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
Year Ending December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
Year Ending December 31, 2022 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
Year Ending December 31, 2021 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
Year Ending December 31, 2020 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | ( |
)% | ( |
)% | |||||||||||||
Third Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
Second Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% | ||||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | $ | $ | % | ( |
)% |
(1) | Net asset value per share is determined as of close of business on the last day of the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low closing sales prices, which may or may not fall on the last day of the quarter. Net asset value per share is calculated as described in “Net Asset Value.” |
(2) | Calculated as of the quarter-end closing sales price divided by the quarter-end net asset value. |
Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses) |
-10% | -5% | 0% | 5% | 10% | |||||||||||||||
Common Stock Total Return |
- % |
- % |
- % |
• | increased price sensitivity resulting from a deteriorating economic environment and changing interest rates; |
• | greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality; |
• | adverse issuer specific events that are more likely to render the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments; and |
• | the possibility that a negative perception of the below investment grade market develops, resulting in the price and liquidity of below investment grade securities becoming depressed, and this negative perception could last for a significant period of time. |
• | Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR). A one-month, three-month, or six-month compounded average of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. |
• | Treasury Rate. A monthly or weekly average yield of benchmark Treasury securities, as published by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve. |
• | CD Rate. The weekly average of secondary market interest rates on six-month negotiable certificates of deposit, as published by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve. |
• | Successful use of hedging transactions depends upon Western Asset’s ability to correctly predict the direction of changes in interest rates. There can be no assurance that any particular hedging strategy will succeed. |
• | There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between the price movements of a futures or option contract and the movements of the interest rates being hedged. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the interest rates being hedged, such as market liquidity and speculative or other pressures on the markets in which the hedging instrument is traded. |
• | Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable movements in the interest rates being hedged. However, hedging strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable movements in the hedged interest rates. |
• | There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures contract position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. |
• | There is no assurance that the Fund will use hedging transactions. For example, if the Fund determines that the cost of hedging will exceed the potential benefit to the Fund, the Fund will not enter into such transactions. |
Name, Address and Title |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | |
Michael C. Buchanan Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Responsible for the day-to-day | |
Greg E. Handler Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Responsible for the day-to-day |
Name, Address and Title |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | |
Simon Miller Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Responsible for the day-to-day |
Distribution Payable Date to Common Stockholders |
Amount of Distribution Per Share |
Percentage of Common Stockholders Electing to Participate in Dividend Reinvestment Program |
Amount of Corresponding Reinvestment through Dividend Reinvestment Program |
Additional Shares of Common Stock Issued through Dividend Reinvestment Program |
||||||||||||
February 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.77 | % | $ | 59,171 | — | ||||||||||
March 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.73 | % | $ | 58,650 | — | ||||||||||
April 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.45 | % | $ | 55,250 | — | ||||||||||
May 3, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.29 | % | $ | 53,202 | 3,542 | ||||||||||
June 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.36 | % | $ | 54,053 | 3,605 | ||||||||||
July 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.36 | % | $ | 54,367 | 3,605 | ||||||||||
August 2, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.32 | % | $ | 54,873 | 3,560 | ||||||||||
September 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.39 | % | $ | 55,880 | 3,556 | ||||||||||
October 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.40 | % | $ | 56,115 | — | ||||||||||
November 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.28 | % | $ | 54,656 | 3,530 | ||||||||||
December 1, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.33 | % | $ | 55,666 | 3,586 | ||||||||||
December 31, 2021 |
0.11250 | 4.34 | % | $ | 56,006 | — | ||||||||||
February 1, 2022 |
0.11250 | 3.96 | % | $ | 51,113 | — | ||||||||||
March 1, 2022 |
0.11250 | 3.79 | % | $ | 48,823 | — | ||||||||||
April 1, 2022 |
0.10500 | 3.80 | % | $ | 45,736 | — | ||||||||||
May 2, 2022 |
0.10500 | 3.59 | % | $ | 43,253 | — | ||||||||||
June 1, 2022 |
0.10500 | 3.62 | % | $ | 43,533 | — | ||||||||||
July 1, 2022 |
0.10000 | 3.57 | % | $ | 40,861 | — | ||||||||||
August 1, 2022 |
0.10000 | 3.71 | % | $ | 42,451 | — | ||||||||||
September 1, 2022 |
0.10000 | 3.79 | % | $ | 43,267 | — | ||||||||||
October 3, 2022 |
0.10000 | 3.88 | % | $ | 44,359 | — | ||||||||||
November 1, 2022 |
0.10000 | 4.09 | % | $ | 46,662 | — | ||||||||||
December 1, 2022 |
0.10000 | 4.16 | % | $ | 47,454 | — | ||||||||||
December 30, 2022 |
0.10000 | 4.14 | % | $ | 47,188 | — | ||||||||||
February 1, 2023 |
0.10000 | 4.34 | % | $ | 49,497 | — | ||||||||||
March 1, 2023 |
0.10000 | 4.49 | % | $ | 51,201 | — | ||||||||||
April 3, 2023 |
0.10000 | 4.43 | % | $ | 50,435 | — | ||||||||||
May 1, 2023 |
0.10000 | 4.49 | % | $ | 51,131 | — | ||||||||||
June 1, 2023 |
0.10000 | 4.80 | % | $ | 54,675 | — | ||||||||||
July 3, 2023 |
0.10500 | 4.47 | % | $ | 53,470 | — | ||||||||||
August 1, 2023 |
0.10500 | 4.95 | % | $ | 59,127 | — | ||||||||||
September 1, 2023 |
0.10500 | 5.02 | % | $ | 59,949 | — | ||||||||||
October 2, 2023 |
0.11500 | 5.43 | % | $ | 71,039 | — | ||||||||||
November 1, 2023 |
0.11500 | 5.96 | % | $ | 78,019 | — | ||||||||||
December 1, 2023 |
0.11500 | 5.96 | % | $ | 78,081 | — | ||||||||||
December 29, 2023 |
0.12000 | 6.01 | % | $ | 82,038 | — | ||||||||||
February 1, 2024 |
0.12000 | 5.69 | % | $ | 77,775 | — |
Distribution Payable Date to Common Stockholders |
Amount of Distribution Per Share |
Percentage of Common Stockholders Electing to Participate in Dividend Reinvestment Program |
Amount of Corresponding Reinvestment through Dividend Reinvestment Program |
Additional Shares of Common Stock Issued through Dividend Reinvestment Program |
||||||||||||
March 1, 2024 |
0.12000 | 5.64 | % | $ | 77,076 | — | ||||||||||
April 1, 2024 |
0.12500 | 5.48 | % | $ | 78,011 | — | ||||||||||
May 1, 2024 |
0.12500 | 5.62 | % | $ | 79,997 | — | ||||||||||
June 3, 2024 |
0.12500 | 5.66 | % | $ | 80,539 | — | ||||||||||
July 1, 2024 |
0.13000 | 5.54 | % | $ | 82,021 | — |
• | any person who beneficially owns ten percent or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares; or |
• | an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation. |
• | 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and |
• | 66 2 /3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. |
• | one-tenth or more but less than one-third, |
• | one-third or more but less than a majority, or |
• | a majority or more of all voting power. |
• | the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers; |
• | any sales loads, underwriting discounts and commissions or agency fees and other items constituting underwriters’ or agents’ compensation; |
• | any discounts, commissions, fees or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers or agents; |
• | the public offering or purchase price of the offered securities and the estimated net proceeds we will receive from the sale; and |
• | any securities exchange on which the offered securities may be listed. |
• | An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the offered securities for the underwriters’ own account. |
• | An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase an offered security for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of that security. |
• | Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the offered securities by bidding for, and purchasing, the offered securities or any other securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering. |
• | The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when offered securities originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise. |
• | the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information, dated [•], 2024, filed with the accompanying Prospectus; |
• | the Fund’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR, filed on March 4, 2024; |
• | the Fund’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A, filed on September 13, 2023; |
• | the Fund’s description of Common Shares on Form 8-A, filed on February 5, 2010. |
Page |
||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
3 | ||||
34 | ||||
44 | ||||
47 | ||||
50 | ||||
51 | ||||
52 | ||||
52 | ||||
53 | ||||
59 | ||||
60 | ||||
60 | ||||
60 | ||||
60 | ||||
61 | ||||
A-1 |
||||
B-1 |
||||
C-1 |
Per Share |
Total(1) |
|||||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Sales load(2) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Fund(3) |
$ | $ |
Prospectus Supplement |
||||
Page |
||||
S-v | ||||
S-6 |
||||
S-11 |
||||
S-13 |
||||
S-13 |
||||
S-14 |
||||
S-15 |
||||
S-16 |
||||
S-17 |
||||
S-18 |
||||
S-18 |
||||
Prospectus |
||||
Page |
||||
1 | ||||
25 | ||||
27 | ||||
29 | ||||
30 | ||||
31 | ||||
32 | ||||
34 | ||||
47 | ||||
50 | ||||
85 | ||||
91 | ||||
92 | ||||
94 | ||||
96 | ||||
99 | ||||
103 | ||||
104 | ||||
108 | ||||
112 | ||||
112 | ||||
112 | ||||
114 |
The Fund |
Western Asset Mortgage Opportunity Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. |
Investment Objectives and Strategies |
The Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income. As a secondary investment objective, the Fund will seek capital appreciation. There can be no assurance the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. See “The Fund’s Investments.” |
The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in a diverse portfolio of MBS and mortgage whole loans. Investments in mortgage-backed securities consist primarily of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). The Fund’s investments in mortgage whole loans under normal circumstances will not exceed 20% of its Managed Assets. MBS represent interests in diversified pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, and typically take the form of pass-through securities or collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). MBS include, but are not limited to, the following: non-agency RMBS; CMBS; U.S. agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and other federal agencies, or issues guaranteed by them; delegated underwriting and servicing bonds, including pools of multi-family housing loans issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; CMOs, including interest only (“IO”), principal only (“PO”) and other mortgage securities backed by U.S. agency or non-agency pass-through securities; mortgage-related asset-backed securities (“ABS”), such as home equity loan-backed (“HEQ”) securities; MBS credit default swaps (including on the CMBX, TRX and ABX indices) and other derivative instruments related to MBS; inverse floating rate securities, which are derivative interests in MBS; RMBS denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (“non-dollar RMBS”); and repurchase agreements supported by agency MBS; and junior and equity tranches of MBS. The Fund may invest in MBS of any type and of any credit quality, without limitation. |
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in MBS and mortgage whole loans. |
The Fund also may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other permitted investments, including cash and cash equivalents; non-mortgage related ABS backed by various asset classes including, but not limited to, small balance commercial mortgages, aircrafts, automobiles, credit cards, equipment, manufactured housing, franchises, recreational vehicles and student loans; and investment grade and below investment grade fixed income securities including bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and other similar types of debt instruments including hybrid securities. See “The Fund’s Investments” for additional information on the types of securities in which the Fund may invest. |
As used throughout this prospectus, “Managed Assets” means the net assets of the Fund plus the amount of any Borrowings and assets attributable to Preferred Stock that may be outstanding. |
The Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in MBS that were originally rated AAA, but subsequently have been downgraded to below investment grade and MBS that were at issuance or are currently below investment grade or not-rated. |
The Fund may invest in derivative instruments, such as options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, indexed securities, credit linked notes, credit default swaps and other swap agreements for investment, hedging and risk management purposes; provided that the Fund’s use of derivative instruments, as measured by the total notional amount of all such instruments, will not exceed 20% of its Managed Assets. With respect to this limitation, the Fund may net derivatives with opposite exposure to the same underlying instrument. To the extent that the security or index underlying the derivative or synthetic instrument is or is composed of MBS, the Fund will include such derivative and synthetic instruments for the purposes of the Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in MBS and mortgage whole loans. Derivatives counted towards the Fund’s 80% policy are value based on market value. The Fund may sell certain equities or fixed income securities short including, but not limited to Treasury securities, for investing and/or hedging purposes. |
The Fund will invest a substantial portion of its assets in MBS that were originally rated AAA, but subsequently have been downgraded to below investment grade. The Fund is not limited in its ability to invest in below investment grade or illiquid securities. Below investment grade fixed income securities are rated below “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), below |
“Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, determined by Western Asset to be of comparable quality. Below investment grade fixed income securities are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” securities and are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In the event that a security receives different ratings from different NRSROs, the Fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an NRSRO. “Illiquid securities” are securities which cannot be sold within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities. |
Percentage limitations described in this prospectus are as of the time of investment by the Fund and may be exceeded on a going-forward basis as a result of credit rating downgrades or market value fluctuations of the Fund’s portfolio securities. |
Western Asset has extensive experience analyzing the relative value of securities within various sectors of the mortgage markets, including undervalued distressed assets. Western Asset intends to seek to maximize returns on the Fund’s investments in distressed assets by evaluating market opportunities based on the condition of the various sectors of the mortgage markets, the relative value of the specific asset within such markets and an internal risk/return analysis. In making investment decisions on behalf of the Fund, Western Asset will incorporate its views on the economic environment and the outlook for the mortgage markets, including relative valuation, supply and demand trends, the level of interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, prepayment rates, financing and liquidity, commercial and residential real estate prices, delinquencies, default rates, recovery of various segments of the economy and vintage of collateral. |
At times Western Asset may judge that conditions in the markets for MBS make pursuing the Fund’s primary investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of its stockholders. During temporary defensive periods or in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including during the period when the net proceeds of the offering of Common Stock are being invested, the Fund may deviate from its investment policies and objectives. At such times Western Asset may, temporarily, use alternative strategies, primarily designed to reduce fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s assets. If the Fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objectives. In implementing these “defensive” strategies, the Fund may invest all or a portion of assets in non-U.S. government securities which have received the highest investment grade credit rating; certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association; commercial paper; bankers’ acceptances; bank time deposits; shares of money market funds; |
repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing; or any other fixed income securities that Western Asset considers consistent with this strategy. It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Fund will use these alternative strategies. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be successful. See “The Fund’s Investments—Temporary Defensive Strategies” and “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Temporary Defensive Strategies Risk” in this accompanying Prospectus and “Investment Policies and Techniques” in the SAI. |
For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s portfolio composition, see “The Fund’s Investments.” |
The Investment Manager |
FTFA is the Fund’s investment manager. FTFA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. (“Franklin Resources”), a global investment management organization operating as Franklin Templeton, is a registered investment adviser and provides administrative and management services to the Fund. In addition, FTFA performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the Fund, such as (1) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the Fund’s transfer agent, stockholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (2) providing certain compliance, Fund accounting, regulatory reporting and tax reporting services; (3) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to stockholders; (4) maintaining the Fund’s existence and (5) during such times as shares are publicly offered, maintaining the registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares under federal and state laws. As of March 31, 2024, FTFA’s total assets under management were approximately $180.1 billion. Franklin Templeton is a global asset management firm. As of March 31, 2024, Franklin Templeton’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of over $1.6 trillion. |
FTFA receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. |
The Fund will pay all of its offering expenses. The Fund’s management fees and other expenses are borne by the Common Stockholders. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” in this Prospectus Supplement and “Management of the Fund” in the accompanying Prospectus. |
The Subadviser |
Western Asset, the Fund’s subadviser, has day-to-day |
As of December 31, 2023, Western Asset and its supervised affiliates had approximately $388.9 billion in assets under management. |
Western Asset receives an annual subadvisory fee, payable monthly, from FTFA in an amount equal to 70% of the management fee paid to FTFA. No fee will be paid by the Fund directly to Western Asset. See “Management of the Fund.” |
Non-U.S. Subadviser |
In connection with Western Asset’s service to the Fund, Western Asset Limited provides certain subadvisory services to the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement with Western Asset (the “Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement”). Western Asset Limited is generally responsible for managing investments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. |
Western Asset pays Western Asset Limited a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Fund. Western Asset pays Western Asset Limited a monthly subadvisory fee in an amount equal to 100% of the management fee paid to Western Asset on the assets that Western Asset allocates to Western Asset Limited to manage. See “Management of the Fund.” |
The Offering |
Common Stock offered: shares |
Shares outstanding after the offering: shares |
Shares outstanding after the offering: shares |
Risks |
See “Risks” beginning on page 50 of the accompanying Prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in the Fund’s Common Stock. |
SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES |
||||
Sales Load (Percentage of Offering Price) |
— | % (1) | ||
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (Percentage of Offering Price) |
— | % (2) | ||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Per Transaction Fee to Sell Shares Obtained Pursuant to the Plan |
$ | 5.00 | (3) | |
TOTAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES (as a percentage of offering price) |
||||
Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (Assumes Leverage is Used) (4) |
||||
ANNUAL EXPENSES |
||||
Management Fees (5) |
% | |||
Interest Payment on Borrowed Funds (6) |
% | |||
Other Expenses (7) |
% | |||
TOTAL ANNUAL EXPENSES |
[●] | |||
(1) | The sales load will apply only if the securities to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters. In such case, a corresponding Prospectus Supplement will disclose the applicable sales load. |
(2) | The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the estimated amount of offering expenses, the offering price and the offering expenses borne by the Fund as a percentage of the offering price. |
(3) | Common Stockholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent (defined below) to sell Common Stock held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” There are no fees charged to stockholders for participating in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. However, stockholders participating in the Plan that elect to sell their shares obtained pursuant to the plan would pay $5.00 per transaction to sell shares. |
(4) | The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the offering price and the total stockholder transaction expenses as a percentage of the offering price. |
(5) | FTFA receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the net assets of the Fund plus the amount of any Borrowings and assets attributable to any Preferred Stock that may be outstanding. For the purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Fund has utilized Borrowings in an aggregate amount of % of its Managed Assets (after their issuance). If the Fund were to use financial leverage in excess of % of its Managed Assets, the management fees shown would be higher. |
(6) | Based on the Fund’s outstanding Borrowings as of of $ million, which represented financial leverage of % of the Fund’s Managed Assets. The expenses and rates associated with leverage may vary as and when Borrowings are made. |
(7) | Estimated based on amounts incurred in the period ended . |
1 Year |
3 Years |
5 Years |
10 Years | |||
$ | $ | $ | $ |
* | The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. |
Actual |
As Adjusted |
|||||||
(Audited) |
(Unaudited) |
|||||||
Cash and Restricted Cash |
$ | $ | ||||||
Total Debt: |
||||||||
Loan payable |
$ | $ | ||||||
Payable for open reverse repurchase agreements |
$ | $ | ||||||
Net Assets: |
||||||||
Common Stock ($0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding (actual); shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted) and shares issued and outstanding (as further adjusted)) (1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Paid-in capital in excess of par value |
||||||||
Total distributable earnings (loss) |
||||||||
Total Net Assets |
$ | $ |
Distribution Payable Date to Common Stockholders |
Amount of Distribution Per Share |
Percentage of Common Stockholders Electing to Participate in Dividend Reinvestment Program |
Amount of Corresponding Reinvestment through Dividend Reinvestment Program |
Additional Shares of Common Stock Issued through Dividend Reinvestment Program | ||||
Price Range |
||||||||||||||||||||
NAV |
High |
Low |
Premium of High Sales Price to NAV (2) |
Premium of Low Sales Price to NAV (2) |
||||||||||||||||
Fiscal Year 20[ ] |
(1) | Net asset value per share is determined as of close of business on the last day of the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low closing sales prices, which may or may not fall on the last day of the quarter. Net asset value per share is calculated as described in “Net Asset Value.” |
(2) | Calculated as of the quarter-end closing sales price divided by the quarter-end net asset value. |
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT |
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5) | |
(To Prospectus dated [●], 20[●]) | Registration Statement No. 333-[●] |
Per Share |
Total |
|||||||
Estimated subscription price of Common Stock to stockholders exercising Rights (1) |
$ | [ | ●] | $ | [ | ●] | ||
Underwriting discounts and commissions (2) |
$ | [ | ●] | $ | [ | ●] | ||
Estimated proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund (3) |
$ | [ | ●] | $ | [ | ●] |
(1) | The estimated Subscription Price to the public is based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●]. |
(2) | For additional underwriting compensation information, please see “Plan of Distribution.” |
(3) | Before deduction of expenses related to the Rights offering, which are estimated approximately at $[●]. Any offering expenses are paid indirectly by stockholders. Such fees and expenses will immediately reduce the net asset value per share of each share of Common Stock purchased by an investor in the Rights offering. The indirect expenses of the offering that stockholders will pay are estimated to be $[●] in the aggregate and $[●] per share. The amount of proceeds to the Fund net of any fees and expenses of the offering are estimated to be $[●] in the aggregate and $[●] per share. Stockholders will not directly bear any offering expenses. |
PAGE |
||||
S-vi | ||||
S-7 | ||||
S-12 | ||||
S-21 | ||||
S-23 | ||||
S-23 | ||||
S-24 | ||||
S-25 | ||||
S-28 | ||||
S-29 | ||||
S-31 | ||||
S-31 |
PAGE |
||||
1 | ||||
25 | ||||
27 | ||||
29 | ||||
30 | ||||
31 | ||||
32 | ||||
34 | ||||
47 | ||||
50 | ||||
85 | ||||
91 | ||||
92 | ||||
94 | ||||
96 | ||||
99 | ||||
103 | ||||
104 | ||||
108 | ||||
112 | ||||
112 | ||||
112 | ||||
114 |
Terms of the Rights Offering |
One transferable subscription right (a “Right”) will be issued for each share of common stock of the Fund (“Common Stock”) held on the Record Date (as defined below). Rights are expected to trade on the [●] under the symbol “[●]”. The Rights will allow Common Stockholders to subscribe for new shares of Common Stock of the Fund. [●] shares of Common Stock of the Fund are outstanding as of [●], 20[●]. [●] Rights will be required to purchase one share of Common Stock. Shares of the Fund, as a closed-end fund, can trade at a discount to net asset value. Upon exercise of the Rights offering, Fund shares [are expected to] [may] issued at a price below net asset value per share of Common Stock. [An over-subscription privilege will be offered, [subject to the right of the Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) to eliminate the over-subscription privilege.] [●] shares of Common Stock of the Fund will be issued if all Rights are exercised. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.” Any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the Rights offering will not be record date shares for the Fund’s monthly distribution to be paid on [●], 20[●] and will not be entitled to receive such distribution. The exercise of rights by a stockholder is irrevocable |
Amount Available for Primary Subscription |
Approximately $[●], before expenses. |
Title |
Subscription Rights to Acquire Shares of Common Stock. |
Subscription Price |
The final subscription price per share of Common Stock (the “Subscription Price”) will be determined based upon a formula equal to [●]% of the average of the last reported sales price per share of the Fund’s Common Stock on the NYSE on the Expiration Date (as defined below) and each of the [four] preceding trading days (the “Formula Price”). If, however, the Formula Price is less than [●]% of the net asset value per share of Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on the Expiration Date, then the Subscription Price will be [●]% of the Fund’s net asset value per share of Common Stock at the close of trading on the NYSE on that day. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.” |
Record Date |
Rights will be issued to holders of record of the Fund’s Common Stock as of the close of business on [●], 20[●] (the “Record Date”). See “Terms of the Rights Offering.” |
Number of Rights Issued |
One Right will be issued in respect of each share of Common Stock of the Fund outstanding as of the close of business on the Record Date. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.” |
Number of Rights Required to Purchase One Share of Common Stock |
A holder of Rights may purchase [●] shares of Common Stock of the Fund for every [●] Rights exercised. The number of Rights to be |
issued to a stockholder as of the close of business on the Record Date will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by [●]. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.” |
Over-Subscription Privilege |
Holders of shares of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Record Date (“Record Date Stockholders”) who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them are entitled to buy those shares of Common Stock, referred to as “primary oversubscription shares,” that were not purchased by other Rights holders at the same Subscription Price. If enough primary over-subscription shares are available, all such requests will be honored in full. If the requests for primary over-subscription shares exceed the primary over-subscription shares available, the available primary oversubscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Stockholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund. Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the primary over-subscription privilege are subject to allotment. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the primary over -subscription privilege. |
[In addition, the Fund, in its sole discretion, may determine to issue additional shares of Common Stock at the same Subscription Price in an amount of up to [●]% of the shares issued pursuant to the primary subscription, referred to as “secondary over-subscription shares.” Should the Fund determine to issue some or all of the secondary over-subscription shares, they will be allocated only among Record Date Stockholders who submitted over-subscription requests. Secondary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Stockholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the secondary over-subscription privilege. |
Notwithstanding the above, the Board has the right in its absolute discretion to eliminate the primary over-subscription privilege and/or secondary over-subscription privilege (together, the “over-subscription privilege”) if it considers it to be in the best interest of the Fund to do so. The Board may make that determination at any time, without prior notice to Rights holders or others, up to and including the fifth day following the Expiration Date (as defined below). See “Over-Subscription Privilege.” |
Any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the over-subscription privilege will be shares registered under the Prospectus. |
Transfer of Rights |
[The Rights will be transferable. See “Terms of the Rights Offering,” “Sales by Rights Agent” and “Method of Transferring Rights.”] |
Subscription Period |
The Rights may be exercised at any time after issuance and prior to expiration of the Rights (the “Subscription Period”), which will be |
[5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 20[●] (the “Expiration Date”), unless otherwise extended. See “Terms of the Rights Offering” and “Method of Exercise of Rights.” The Rights offering may be terminated [or extended] by the Fund at any time for any reason before the Expiration Date. If the Fund terminates the rights offering, the Fund will issue a press release announcing such termination and will direct the Rights Agent (defined below) to return, without interest, all subscription proceeds received to such stockholders who had elected to purchase shares of Common Stock. |
Offering Expenses |
The expenses of the Rights offering are expected to be approximately $[●] and will be borne by the Fund (and indirectly by holders of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock). See “Use of Proceeds.” |
Sale of Rights |
[The Rights are transferable until the completion of the Subscription Period and will be admitted for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●]”. Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the [●] is expected to begin two Business Days prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. For purposes of this Prospectus Supplement, a “Business Day” shall mean any day on which trading is conducted on the [●]. |
The value of the Rights, if any, will be reflected by their market price on the [●]. Rights may be sold by individual holders through their broker or financial advisor or may be submitted to the Rights Agent (defined below) for sale. Any Rights submitted to the Rights Agent for sale must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on or before [●], 20[●], [●] Business Days prior to the Expiration Date (or, if the subscription period is extended, prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the [●] Business Day prior to the extended Expiration Date). |
Rights that are sold will not confer any right to acquire any shares of Common Stock in any over-subscription, and any Record Date Stockholder who sells any Rights will not be eligible to participate in the over-subscription privilege, if any. |
Trading of the Rights on the [●] will be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates (as defined below) are mailed to Record Date Stockholders of record and thereafter will be conducted on a regular-way basis until and including the last [●] trading day prior to the completion of the Subscription Period. The shares of Common Stock are expected to begin trading ex-Rights one Business Day prior to the Record Date. |
If the Rights Agent receives Rights for sale in a timely manner, the Rights Agent will use its best efforts to sell the Rights on the [●]. The Rights Agent will also attempt to sell any Rights attributable to |
stockholders of record whose addresses are outside the United States, or who have an APO or FPO address. See “Foreign Restrictions.” The Rights Agent will attempt to sell such Rights, including by first offering such Rights to the Dealer Manager for purchase by the Dealer Manager at the then-current market price on the [●]. The Rights Agent will offer Rights to the Dealer Manager before attempting to sell them on the [●]. |
Any commissions will be paid by the selling Rights holders. Neither the Fund nor the Rights Agent will be responsible if Rights cannot be sold and neither has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the Rights. If the Rights can be sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Rights Agent on the day such Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses (i.e., costs incidental to the sale of Rights). |
For a discussion of actions that may be taken by [●] (the “Dealer Manager”) to seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights and the placement of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Rights, including the purchase of Rights and the sale during the Subscription Period by the Dealer Manager of Common Stock acquired through the exercise of Rights and the terms on which such sales will be made, see “Plan of Distribution.” |
Stockholders are urged to obtain a recent trading price for the Rights on the [●] from their broker, bank, financial advisor or the financial press. |
Banks, broker-dealers and trust companies that hold shares of Common Stock for the accounts of others are advised to notify those persons that purchase Rights in the secondary market that such Rights will not participate in any over-subscription privilege. See “Terms of the Rights Offering” and “Sales by Rights Agent.”] |
Use of Proceeds |
The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Rights offering to be approximately $[●]. This figure is based on the Subscription Price per share of Common Stock of $[●] ([●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●]) and assumes all new shares of Common Stock offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Rights offering estimated at approximately $[●] are paid. |
The Manager anticipates that investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed in approximately three months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Fund’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as six months. Pending such investment, the proceeds will be held in cash |
and/or high quality short term debt securities and instruments. Depending on market conditions and operations, a portion of the cash held by the Fund, including any proceeds raised from the offering, may be used to pay distributions in accordance with the Fund’s distribution policy and may be a return of capital. A return of capital is a return to investors of a portion of their original investment in the Fund. In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation in which a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of a stockholder’s investment in the Fund, rather than making a distribution that is funded from the Fund’s earned income or other profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be currently taxable, such distributions would decrease the basis of a stockholder’s shares (but not below zero), and therefore, may increase a stockholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of shares, even if sold at a loss to the stockholder’s original investment. See “Use of Proceeds.” |
Taxation/ERISA |
See “Taxation” and “Employee Benefit Plan and IRA Considerations.” |
Rights Agent |
[●]. See “Rights Agent.” |
Information Agent |
[●]. See “Information Agent.” |
Event |
Date | |
Record Date |
[●] 20[●]† | |
Subscription Period |
[●] 20[●] through [●], 20[●]† | |
Expiration Date* |
[●] 20[●]† | |
Payment for Guarantees Delivery Due* |
[●] 20[●]† | |
Issuance Date |
[●] 20[●]† | |
Confirmation Date |
[●] 20[●]† |
* | A stockholder exercising Rights must deliver to the Rights Agent by [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 20[●] (unless the offer is extended) either (a) a Subscription Certificate and payment for shares of Common Stock or (b) a notice of guaranteed delivery and payment for shares of Common Stock. |
† | Unless the offer is extended. |
Stockholder’s Record Date Position |
X | Excess Shares Remaining | ||||||
Total Record Date Position of All Over-Subscribers |
1. | A holder of Rights can send the Subscription Certificate, together with payment in the form of a check (which must include the name of the stockholder on the check) for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for in the Rights offering and, if eligible, for any additional shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, to the Rights Agent based on the Subscription Price. To be accepted, the payment, together with the executed Subscription Certificate, must be received by the Rights Agent at one of the addresses noted above prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date. The Rights Agent will deposit all share purchase checks received by it |
prior to the final due date into a segregated account pending proration and distribution of shares of Common Stock. The Rights Agent will not accept cash as a means of payment for shares of Common Stock. |
2. | Alternatively, a subscription will be accepted by the Rights Agent if, prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date, the Rights Agent has received a written notice of guaranteed delivery by mail or email from a bank, trust company, or a NYSE member, guaranteeing delivery of a properly completed and executed Subscription Certificate. In order for the notice of guarantee to be valid, full payment for the shares of Common Stock at the Subscription Price must be received with the notice. The Rights Agent will not honor a notice of guaranteed delivery unless a properly completed and executed Subscription Certificate is received by the Rights Agent by the close of business on the [second] Business Day after the Expiration Date. The notice of guaranteed delivery must be emailed to the Rights Agent at [●] or delivered to the Rights Agent at one of the addresses noted above. |
STOCKEHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES |
||||
Sales Load (percentage of offering price) |
— | % (1) | ||
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (percentage of offering price) |
— | % (2) | ||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Per Transaction Fee to Sell Shares Obtained Pursuant to the Plan |
$ | 5.00 | (3) | |
TOTAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES (as a percentage of offering price) (4) |
Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Shares of Common Stock |
||||
ANNUAL EXPENSES |
||||
Management Fees (5) |
[●]% | |||
Interest Payment on Borrowed Funds (6) |
[●]% | |||
Other Expenses (7) |
[●]% | |||
TOTAL ANNUAL EXPENSES |
[●]% |
(1) | The sales load will apply only if the securities to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters. In such case, a corresponding Prospectus Supplement will disclose the applicable sales load. |
(2) | The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the estimated amount of offering expenses, the offering price and the offering expenses borne by the Fund as a percentage of the offering price. |
(3) | Common Stockholders will pay brokerage charges if they direct the Plan Agent (defined below) to sell shares of Common Stock held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” There are no fees charged to stockholders for participating in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. However, stockholders participating in the plan that elect to sell their shares obtained pursuant to the plan would pay $5.00 per transaction to sell shares. |
(4) | The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose the offering price and the total stockholder transaction expenses as a percentage of the offering price. |
(5) | The Manager receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings and assets attributable to any preferred stock that may be outstanding. For the purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Fund has utilized leverage in an aggregate amount of [●]% of its net assets (the actual average amount of Borrowings during the period fiscal year ended December 31, 20[●]). If the Fund were to use leverage in excess of [●]% of its net assets, the management fees shown would be higher. |
(6) | For the purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Fund has utilized Borrowings in an aggregate amount of [●]% of its net assets (which equals the average level of leverage for the Fund’s fiscal year ended December 31, 20[●]). The expenses and rates associated with leverage may vary as and when Borrowings or issuances of Preferred Stock are made. |
(7) | Estimated based on amounts incurred in the period ended December 31, 20[●]. |
1 Year |
3 Years |
5 Years |
10 Years |
|||||||||||||
Total Expenses Incurred |
$ | $ | $ | $ |
* | The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the amounts set forth in the Table of Fees and Expenses table are accurate and that all distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. |
NAV per Common Share on Date of Market Price (1) |
NYSE Market Price per Common Share (2) |
Premium/ (Discount) on Date of Market Price (3) |
Trading | |||||||||||
During Quarter Ended |
High |
Low |
High |
Low |
High |
Low |
Volume | |||||||
[June 30, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[September 30, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[December 31, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[March 31, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[June 30, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[September 30, 20[●] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[December 31, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[March 31, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[June 30, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[September 30, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[December 31, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] | |||||||
[March 31, 20[●]] |
[ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ] | [ ]% | [ ]% | [ ] |
(1) | Based on the Fund’s computations. |
(2) | Source: NYSE. |
(3) | Based on the Fund’s computations. |
(4) | Source: Bloomberg. |
• | the offered shares of Common Stock are being sold at less than their current net asset value; |
• | you will indirectly bear the expenses of the Rights offering; and |
• | the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Rights offering will have increased proportionately more than the increase in the amount of the Fund’s net assets. |
• | the offered Common Stock are being sold at more than their current net asset value after deducting the expenses of the Rights offering; and |
• | the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Rights offering will have increased proportionately less than the increase in the amount of the Fund’s net assets. |
NAV (2) |
[ | ●] | ||
Subscription Price (3) |
[ | ●] | ||
Reduction in NAV ($) (4) |
[ | ●] | ||
Reduction in NAV (%) |
[ | ●] |
NAV (2) |
[ | ●] | ||
Subscription Price (3) |
[ | ●] | ||
Increase in NAV ($) (4) |
[ | ●] | ||
Increase in NAV (%) |
[ | ●] |
(1) | Both examples assume the full Primary Subscription [and Secondary Over-Subscription Privilege] are exercised. Actual amounts may vary due to rounding. |
(2) | For illustrative purposes only; reflects the Fund’s net asset value per share of Common Stock as of [●], 20[●]. It is not known at this time what the net asset value per share of Common Stock will be on the Expiration Date. |
(3) | For illustrative purposes only; reflects an estimated Subscription Price of $[●] based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Fund’s shares of Common Stock on the NYSE on [●], 20[●]. It is not known at this time what the Subscription Price will be on the Expiration Date. |
(4) | Assumes $[●] in estimated offering expenses. |
• | The value of a Right will not be includible in the income of a Common Stockholder at the time the Right is issued. |
• | The basis of the Rights issued to a Common Stockholder will be zero, and the basis of the Common Stock with respect to which the Rights were issued (the “Old Common Stock”) will not change, unless either (i) the fair market value of the Rights on the date of distribution is at least 15% of the fair market value of the Old Common Stock, or (ii) such Common Stockholder affirmatively elects (in the manner set out in Treasury Regulations under the Code) to allocate to the Rights a portion of the basis of the Old Common Stock. In the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, such Common Stockholder must generally allocate the basis of the Old Common Stock between the Old Common Stock and the Rights in proportion to their fair market values on the date of distribution, but as discussed below, the basis of the Old Common Stock may be allocated to a Right only if the Right is sold or exercised. |
• | The basis of a Right purchased will generally be its purchase price. |
• | A Common Stockholder’s holding period in a Right issued includes the holding period of the Old Common Stock. |
• | A Common Stockholder will not recognize a loss if a Right distributed to such Common Stockholder expires unexercised because the basis of the Old Common Stock may be allocated to a Right only if the Right is sold or exercised. If a Right that has been purchased in the market expires unexercised, there will be a recognized loss equal to the basis of the Right. |
• | Any gain or loss on the sale of a Right will be a capital gain or loss if the Right is held as a capital asset (which in the case of a Right issued to Record Date Stockholders will depend on whether the Old Common Stock is held as a capital asset), and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period is deemed to exceed one year. |
• | No gain or loss will be recognized by a Common Stockholder upon the exercise of a Right, and the basis of any Common Stock acquired upon exercise (the “New Common Stock”) will equal the sum of the basis, if any, of the Right and the subscription price for the New Common Stock. The holding period for the New Common Stock will begin on the date when the Right is exercised (or, in the case of a Right purchased in the market, potentially the day after the date of exercise). |
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED AUGUST 27, 2024
WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND INC.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Western Asset Mortgage Opportunity Fund Inc. (the “Fund”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.
This Statement of Additional Information relating to the Fund’s common stock (“Common Stock”), which we also refer to as our securities, does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated , 2024, and as it may be supplemented (the “Prospectus”). This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing the Fund’s securities, and investors should obtain and read the Fund’s Prospectus prior to purchasing such securities. A copy of the Fund’s Prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports (when available) and additional information about the Fund may be obtained without charge by calling (888) 777-0102, by writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018 or by visiting the Fund’s website (http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds). The information contained in, or accessed through, the Fund’s website is not part of the Fund’s Prospectus or this Statement of Additional Information. Prospective investors may also obtain a copy of the Fund’s Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
This Statement of Additional Information is dated , 2024.
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
3 | ||||
34 | ||||
44 | ||||
47 | ||||
50 | ||||
51 | ||||
52 | ||||
52 | ||||
53 | ||||
59 | ||||
60 | ||||
60 | ||||
60 | ||||
60 | ||||
61 | ||||
A-1 | ||||
Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policy of Franklin Templeton Fund Adviser, LLC |
B-1 | |||
Appendix C—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Western Asset Management Company |
C-1 |
i
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
The Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income. As a secondary investment objective, the Fund will seek capital appreciation. There can be no assurance the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The following restrictions, along with the Fund’s investment objectives, are the Fund’s only fundamental policies—that is, policies that cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. For the purposes of the foregoing, a “majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. The other policies and investment restrictions are not fundamental polices of the Fund and may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) without stockholder approval. Except with respect to the Fund’s ability to borrow under subparagraph (7) below, if a percentage restriction set forth below is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation. Under its fundamental restrictions:
(1) The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), or interpretations or modifications by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“the SEC”), SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
(2) The Fund may not make loans to other persons, except as permitted by (i) 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
(3) The Fund may not underwrite the securities of other issuers, except insofar as the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the sale and purchase of portfolio securities.
(4) The Fund will invest at least 25% of its Managed Assets (as defined below) in MBS, which for purposes of this restriction the Fund will treat as one industry or group of industries. Otherwise, the Fund may not concentrate in a particular industry or group of industries.
(5) The Fund may not purchase real estate, except as permitted by the (i) 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
(6) The Fund may not purchase or sell commodities, commodity futures contracts or commodity options except as permitted by (i) 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
(7) The Fund may not make short sales of securities or purchase any securities on margin, except as described under the heading “The Fund’s Investments” in the Prospectus.
(8) The Fund may not borrow money, except as permitted by (i) 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
With respect to the limitation regarding the issuance of senior securities set forth in subparagraph (1) above, “senior securities” are defined as any bond, debenture, note, or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness, and any stock of a class having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends.
1
The ability of a closed-end fund to issue senior securities is severely circumscribed by complex regulatory constraints under the 1940 Act that restrict, for instance, the amount, timing and form of senior securities that may be issued. The Fund operates under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act which, among other things, governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements) by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a VaR based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. Compliance with Rule 18f-4 by the Fund could, among other things, make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, or otherwise adversely affect their performance. Rule 18f-4 may limit the Fund’s ability to use derivatives as part of its investment strategy. Using derivatives also can have a leveraging effect and increase Fund volatility.
Under the 1940 Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.
With respect to the limitation regarding making loans to other persons set forth in subparagraph (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.
With respect to the limitation regarding underwriting the securities of other issuers set forth in subparagraph (3) above, a technical provision of the Securities Act deems certain persons to be “underwriters” if they purchase a security from an issuer and later sell it to the public. Although it is not believed that the application of this Securities Act provision would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy set forth in subparagraph (3) will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act. Under the Securities Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus.
For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (4) above, securities of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and securities backed by the credit of a U.S. governmental entity are not considered to represent industries. If the Fund were to “concentrate” its investments in a particular industry, investors would be exposed to greater risks because the Fund’s performance would be largely dependent on that industry’s performance. For purposes of subparagraph (4) above, U.S. agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) are considered by the Fund to be MBS. The Fund does concentrate its investments in the MBS industry. MBS represent interests in diversified pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, and typically take the form of pass-through securities or collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). MBS include, but are not limited to, the following: non-agency RMBS; CMBS; U.S. agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities issued by the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, the Freddie Mac, and other federal agencies, or issues guaranteed by them; delegated underwriting and servicing bonds, including pools of multi-family housing loans issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; CMOs, including interest only, principal only and other mortgage securities backed by U.S. agency or non-agency pass-through securities; mortgage-related asset-backed securities (“ABS”), such as home equity loan-backed securities; MBS credit default swaps (including on the CMBX, TRX and ABX indices) and other derivative instruments related to MBS; inverse floating rate securities; RMBS denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar; and repurchase agreements supported by agency MBS.
2
With respect to the limitation regarding real estate set forth in subparagraph (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. The policy above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.
With respect to the limitation regarding the purchase or sale of commodities, commodity futures contracts or commodity options set forth in subparagraph (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities.
With respect to the limitation regarding the Fund’s ability to borrow set forth in subparagraph (8) above, the 1940 Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an asset coverage of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. For the purpose of borrowing money, “asset coverage” means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. On the other hand, certain practices and investments may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act, such as the purchasing of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, entering into reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps or futures contracts, engaging in short sales and writing options on portfolio securities, so long as the Fund covers its obligations by segregating liquid assets, entering into offsetting transactions or owning positions covering related obligations.
Except with respect to the Fund’s ability to borrow under subparagraph (8) above, all limitations applicable to the Fund’s investments (as stated above and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information) apply only at the time a transaction is entered into. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, deemed by Western Asset Management Company, LLC (the “Subadviser”), the Fund’s subadviser, to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average maturity or duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets, will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until Western Asset determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without adverse market or tax consequences to the Fund. In the event that rating agencies assign different ratings to the same security, Western Asset will treat the security as being in the highest rating category.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objectives, policies, and techniques that are described in the Prospectus.
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in MBS and mortgage whole loans. The Fund also may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other permitted investments, including cash and cash equivalents; Treasury securities; non-mortgage related ABS backed by various asset classes including, but not limited to, small balance commercial mortgages, aircrafts, automobiles, credit cards, equipment, manufactured housing, franchises, recreational vehicles and student loans; and investment grade and below investment grade fixed income securities including bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and other similar types of debt instruments including hybrid securities. The Fund also may invest in any newly developed mortgage-related derivatives that may hereafter become available for mortgage investing.
3
As used throughout the Fund’s Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information, ”Managed Assets” means the nets assets of the Fund plus the amount of any Borrowings and assets attributable to Preferred Stock that may be outstanding.
Portfolio Composition
Mortgage Whole Loans
A mortgage whole loan is a single mortgage loan issued to a particular borrower and is not securitized. Mortgage whole loans include loans on residential properties such as one to four family dwellings and on commercial properties such as office buildings, shopping centers and other retail properties, hotels and apartment buildings. By investing in mortgage whole loans, the Fund acquires the entire beneficial interest in a single residential or commercial mortgage that has not been securitized, rather than fractional portions of or participations in such loans.
When the Fund invests directly or indirectly in whole loans, it typically purchases all rights, title and interest in the loans pursuant to a loan purchase agreement directly from the platform or its affiliate. The platform or a third-party servicer typically continues to service the loans, collecting payments and distributing them to investors, less any servicing fees assessed against the Fund, and the servicing entity typically will make all decisions regarding acceleration or enforcement of the loans following any default by a borrower. Where a platform or its affiliate acts as the loan servicer, there is typically a backup servicer in place in case that platform or affiliate ceases or fails to perform these servicing functions. The Fund, as an investor in a whole loan, would be entitled to receive payment only from the borrower and/or any guarantor, and would not be able to recover any deficiency from the platform, except under very narrow circumstances, which may include fraud by the borrower in some cases. As described above, the whole loans in which the Fund may invest may be secured or unsecured.
MBS
The following describes certain characteristics of MBS. It should be noted that new types of MBS are developed and marketed from time to time and that, consistent with its investment limitations, the Fund may invest in those new types of MBS that Western Asset believes may assist it in achieving the Fund’s investment objectives.
Yield Characteristics. Interest and principal payments on MBS are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the Fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.
Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the Fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. MBS may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.
Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Mortgage pass-through securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and
4
guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the Fund and not to the purchase of shares of the Fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.
The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the Fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).
Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned United States corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.
Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a government sponsored corporation which is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.
Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a stockholder owned corporation created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the “FHLMC Act”), and subject to general regulation by
5
the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.
Although the U.S. government guarantees principal and interest payments on securities issued by the U.S. government and some of its agencies, such as securities issued by Ginnie Mae, this guarantee does not apply to losses resulting from declines in the market value of these securities. Some MBS that the Fund may hold are not guaranteed or backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Although the U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future.
ABS
ABS are generally issued as pass through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. ABS frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. While residential mortgages were the first financial assets to be securitized in the form of MBS, non-mortgage related securitizations have grown to include many other types of financial assets, including, but not limited to, small balance commercial mortgages, aircrafts, automobiles, credit cards, equipment, manufactured housing, franchises, recreational vehicles and student loans.
ABS present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of ABS will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of ABS may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.
6
Corporate Bonds
The Fund may invest in corporate bonds. Corporate bonds include a wide variety of debt obligations of varying maturities issued by U.S. and foreign corporations (including banks) and other business entities. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures and similar instruments and securities. The Fund will invest in U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds and may also invest in bonds denominated in foreign currencies in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as described in the Prospectus.
The Fund has the flexibility to invest in corporate bonds that are below investment grade quality. Corporate bonds rated below investment grade quality (that is, rated below “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), below “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”)) are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Issuers of securities rated BB+/Ba1 are regarded as having current capacity to make principal and interest payments but are subject to business, financial or economic conditions which could adversely affect such payment capacity. Corporate bonds rated BBB- or Baa3 or above are considered “investment grade” securities. Corporate bonds rated Baa are considered medium grade obligations that lack outstanding investment characteristics and have speculative characteristics, while corporate bonds rated BBB are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay principal and interest. Corporate bonds rated below investment grade quality are obligations of issuers that are considered predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Corporate bonds rated below investment grade tend to be less marketable than higher-quality securities because the market for them is less broad. The market for corporate bonds unrated by any NRSRO is even narrower. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly and the Fund may have greater difficulty selling its portfolio securities. The Fund will be more dependent on Western Asset’s research and analysis when investing in these securities.
A general description of Moody’s, S&P’s and Fitch’s ratings of bonds is set forth in Appendix A hereto. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch generally represent their opinions as to the quality of the bonds they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that such ratings are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk and liquidity of the securities. Consequently, bonds with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.
Subject to rating agency guidelines, the Fund may invest a significant portion of its Managed Assets in broad segments of the bond market. If the Fund invests a significant portion of its Managed Assets in one segment, the Fund will be more susceptible to economic, business, political, regulatory and other developments generally affecting issuers in such segments of the corporate bonds market.
Senior Loans
“Senior Loans” hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity borrower, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have rates of interest which typically are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a group of loan investors (“Loan Investors”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the Loan Investors in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan Investors. Senior Loans primarily include senior floating rate loans to
7
corporations and secondarily institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by an asset-backed pool and interests therein. Loan interests primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market. Loan interests may also take the form of participation interests in a Senior Loan. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are Loan Investors or from other investors in loan interests.
The Fund may purchase “Assignments” from the Agent or other Loan Investors. The purchaser of an Assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement (as defined below) of the assigning Loan Investor and becomes a Loan Investor under the Loan Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning Loan Investor. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Loan Investor.
The Fund also may invest in “Participations.” Participations by the Fund in a Loan Investor’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such Loan Investor, not with the borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Loan Investor selling the Participation and only upon receipt by such Loan Investor of such payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the Loan Agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Loan Investors through set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the Senior Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Loan Investor selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Loan Investor selling a Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such Loan Investor. The selling Loan Investors and other persons interpositioned between such Loan Investors and the Fund with respect to such Participations will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.
The Fund will only acquire Participations if the Loan Investor selling the Participation, and any other persons interpositioned between the Fund and the Loan Investor, at the time of investment has outstanding debt or deposit obligations rated investment grade (Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P or Fitch) or determined by Western Asset to be of comparable quality. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.
In order to borrow money pursuant to a Senior Loan, a borrower will frequently, for the term of the Senior Loan, pledge collateral, including but not limited to, (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights (but excluding goodwill); and (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries and/or affiliates. In the case of Senior Loans made to non-public companies, the company’s shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets that they own. In many instances, a Senior Loan may be secured only by stock in the borrower or its subsidiaries. Collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy fully a borrower’s obligations under a Senior Loan. In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a Senior Loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Senior Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the
8
underlying line of credit portion of a Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Senior Loan by a borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.
A borrower must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the borrower and the holders of the Senior Loan (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the borrower to prepay the Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e., the Agent, or the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Senior Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Loan Investor in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower to monitor the borrower’s compliance with covenants may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower. In the case of a Senior Loan in the form of a Participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the Participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.
In a typical Senior Loan the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Senior Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a Participation Agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other Loan Investors to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Senior Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Senior Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the Senior Loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Senior Loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under the Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Senior Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Senior Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, the Fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other Loan Investors pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.
A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Senior Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Senior Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving intermediate participants, similar risks may arise. Senior Loans will usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among Loan Investors, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will
9
be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former. Western Asset anticipates that prepayments generally will not materially affect the Fund’s performance because the Fund typically should be able to reinvest prepayments in other Senior Loans that have similar yields and because receipt of such fees may mitigate any adverse impact on the Fund’s yield.
From time to time, Franklin Resources, Inc. (“Franklin Templeton”) and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell interests in Senior Loans to, or acquire them from, the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to Senior Loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Senior Loans held by the Fund.
The Fund may acquire interests in Senior Loans which are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Fund may also invest in Senior Loans of borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.
The Fund will be subject to the risk that collateral securing a loan will decline in value or have no value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, the Fund may invest in Senior Loans guaranteed by, or secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower; provided, however, that such guarantees are fully secured. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for the Senior Loan. However, the borrower’s ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of Senior Loans and, indirectly, Senior Loans themselves.
If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Fund’s security interest in the loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under the Senior Loan to the interests of the borrower’s unsecured creditors or cause interest previously paid to be refunded to the borrower. If a court required interest to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund’s performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund.
For Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Senior Loan were not received or retained by the borrower, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the borrower) in an amount which left the borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or the Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Fund would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery, on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Loan.
The Fund may acquire warrants and other equity securities as part of a unit combining a Senior Loan and equity securities of a borrower or its affiliates. The acquisition of such equity securities will only be incidental to the Fund’s purchase of a Senior Loan. The Fund may also acquire equity securities or credit securities (including non-dollar denominated equity or credit securities) issued in exchange for a Senior Loan or issued in connection
10
with the debt restructuring or reorganization of a borrower, or if such acquisition, in the judgment of Western Asset, may enhance the value of a Senior Loan or would otherwise be consistent with the Fund’s investment policies.
Second Lien Loans
The Fund may invest in Second Lien Loans, which have the same characteristics as Senior Loans except that such loans are second in lien property rather than first. Second Lien Loans typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. Accordingly, the risks associated with Second Lien Loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a Second Lien Loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Fund.
Second Lien Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Senior Loans. Because Second Lien Loans are subordinated or unsecured and thus lower in priority of payment to Senior Loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Second Lien Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Second Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.
Zero Coupon Securities and Payment-In-Kind Securities
The Fund may invest in zero coupon securities and payment-in-kind securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities that pay no cash income and are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. When a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding zero coupon securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the expected return on their investment will be, assuming full repayment of the bond. The Fund also may purchase payment-in-kind securities. Payment-in-kind securities pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities rather than cash.
Zero coupon securities and payment-in-kind securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than are ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities and payment-in-kind securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers.
Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain payment-in-kind securities, and certain other securities acquired at a discount to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, the Fund may be required to distribute cash attributable to income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.
Variable Rate Obligations
The Fund may invest in variable rate obligations. Variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indexes, such as the prime rate, and at specified
11
intervals. Such obligations include, but are not limited to, variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate.
Certain of the variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the Fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments that may be purchased by the Fund may not trade in a secondary market and would derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the Fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of determining whether the instrument is an illiquid security unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid. Western Asset will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.
The Fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the Fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or the third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the Fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the Fund between that bank and the Fund’s custodian.
Below Investment Grade (“High Yield” or “Junk”) Securities
Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or be in default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by the Fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the Fund’s shares.
Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities.
The secondary markets for high yield securities are generally not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities, and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the Fund to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. If the Fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value the Fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less
12
liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in the Fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.
Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in recent years. See “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Below Investment Grade (“High Yield” or “Junk”) Securities Risk” in the Prospectus.
U.S. Government Obligations
Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the Treasury (e.g., Ginnie Mae Certificates); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor to borrow from the Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., Freddie Mac Certificates). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.
Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, under which the Fund will effectively pledge its assets as collateral to secure a short-term loan. Generally, the other party to the agreement makes the loan in an amount equal to a percentage of the market value of the pledged collateral. At the maturity of the reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund will be required to repay the loan and correspondingly receive back its collateral. While used as collateral, the assets continue to pay principal and interest which are for the benefit of the Fund.
Repurchase Agreements
A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the Fund, as the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price.
The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, domestic banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of Western Asset, are deemed creditworthy. Western Asset will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. The Fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience losses and experience delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying security. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the Fund has purchased has decreased, the Fund could experience a loss. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities by the Fund.
13
Loans of Portfolio Securities
The Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions although it has no current intention to do so. The procedure for the lending of securities will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the Fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The Fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the broker who arranged the loan. If the Fund receives securities as collateral, the Fund will receive a fee from the borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and the Fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the Fund at any time. The Fund will receive any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the Fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities.
Rule 144A Securities
The Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities for which there is a secondary market of qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers The Board of Directors of the Fund has determined that Rule 144A securities may be considered liquid securities if so determined by Western Asset. Western Asset has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether securities that are eligible for resales under Rule 144A are liquid or illiquid. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, Western Asset may make the determination as to whether a particular security is liquid or illiquid with consideration to be given to, among other things, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to sell the security, the number of potential purchasers, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, the nature of the security and the time needed to dispose of the security.
To the extent that liquid Rule 144A securities that the Fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. Western Asset will monitor Fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable the Fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.
Restricted Securities and Securities with Limited Trading Markets
The Fund may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public. If the Fund were to assume substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the Fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the Fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Circumstances could also exist (to satisfy redemptions, for example) when portfolio securities might have to be sold by the Fund at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous so that the Fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to the Fund should the Fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities. The Fund could also be delayed in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales and the liquidity of the Fund. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. As more fully described above, the Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities for which there may be a secondary market of qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
14
Convertible Securities and Synthetic Convertible Securities
The Fund may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. Similar to traditional fixed income securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.
Convertible securities are investments that provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stock. There can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. Convertible securities, however, generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for capital appreciation. A convertible security, in addition to providing current income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock.
Synthetic convertible securities differ from convertible securities in certain respects. Unlike a true convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its debt component and its convertibility component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.
Credit Linked Notes
Credit linked notes are structured securities typically issued by banks whose principal and interest payments are contingent on the performance of the reference issuer. Credit linked notes are created by embedding a credit default swap in a funded asset to form an investment whose credit risk and cash flow characteristics resemble those of a bond or loan. These credit linked notes pay an enhanced coupon to the investor for taking on the added credit risk of the reference issuer.
Derivatives
The Fund may use various investment strategies described below to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market movements, interest rates and currency exchange rates), to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments held by the Fund, or to seek to increase the Fund’s income or gain.
The Fund may purchase and sell interest rate, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency transactions; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities, currencies, futures contracts, indexes and other financial instruments; enter into interest rate transactions, forward transactions, equity or debt swaps and related transactions; and invest in indexed
15
securities and other similar transactions, which may be developed to the extent that Western Asset determines that they are consistent with the applicable Fund’s investment objectives and policies and applicable regulatory requirements (collectively, these transactions are referred to as “Derivatives”). The Fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors, collars and other combinations of options, forwards, swaps and/or futures, and the Fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts and options thereon, currency swaps and options on currencies or combinations thereof.
The Fund is not a “commodity pool” (i.e., a pooled investment vehicle which trades in commodity futures contracts and options thereon and the operator of which is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”)), and Derivatives involving futures contracts and options on futures contracts will be purchased, sold or entered into only for bona fide hedging purposes, provided that the Fund may enter into such transactions for purposes other than bona fide hedging if, immediately thereafter,
i. its pro rata share of the sum of the amount of initial margin deposits on futures contracts entered into by the Fund and premiums paid for unexpired options with respect to such contracts so that it does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s net assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts and options (in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation); or
ii. the aggregate “notional value” (i.e., the size of the contract, in contract units, times the current market price (futures position) or strike price (options position) of each such unit) or the contract, so that it does not exceed the liquidation value of the Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts and options.
Derivatives involve special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent Western Asset’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of Derivatives could result in significantly greater losses than if they had not been used. The degree of the Fund’s use of Derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). For instance, the Fund will use Derivatives only to the extent such Derivatives are consistent with the requirements of the Code for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.
Futures Contracts. The Fund may trade futures contracts: (1) on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indexes; and (2) on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges on single stocks and stock indexes. Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges on which they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). The Fund is not a commodity pool, and the Fund, where permitted, will use futures contracts and options thereon solely: (i) for bona fide hedging purposes; and (ii) for other purposes in amounts permitted by the rules and regulations promulgated by the CFTC. The Fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require the Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. In addition, the value of all futures contracts sold by the Fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between the Fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the Fund’s securities. In addition, the value of the Fund’s long futures and options positions (futures contracts on stock or bond indexes, interest rates or foreign currencies and call options on such futures contracts) will not exceed the sum of: (a) liquid assets segregated for this purpose; (b) cash proceeds on existing investments due within thirty days; and (c) accrued profits on the particular futures or options positions.
16
Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling debt securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at time of the contract. For example, if the Fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent value of the bonds owned by the Fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of each class of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
Similarly when Western Asset expects that interest rates may decline, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices expected to result from declining interest rates. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, the Fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the Fund could make the intended purchase of the bonds in the cash market and the futures contracts could be liquidated.
At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to an interest rate futures contract, adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract. In some instances, securities called for by a futures contract may have a shorter term than the term of the futures contract and, consequently, may not in fact have been issued when the futures contract was entered.
Options. In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase income or gain, the Fund may purchase put and call options or write “covered” put and call options on securities, fixed income instruments, interest rates or currencies or on futures contracts on securities, stock indexes, interest rates or currencies. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will: (i) own the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) own securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; (iii) own a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written or (iv) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value equal to the excess of the value of the security or index that is the subject of the call over the exercise price. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the Fund writes is exercised, the Fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the Fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction, as described below.
In all cases, except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the
17
Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the Fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the Fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the Fund and the Fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.
In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option, the Fund will seek to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the Fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the Fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.
In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.
The Fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The Fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the Fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the Fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the Fund choose to exercise an option, the Fund will purchase in the open market the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.
Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.
Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below. In addition, many Derivatives involving options require segregation of Fund assets in special accounts.
A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise
18
price. The Fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the Fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The Fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option exercised period. A “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration. A “Bermudan” style put or call option may be exercised at any time on fixed dates occurring during the term of the option. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.
Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.
The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (1) insufficient trading interest in certain options, (2) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange, (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits, (4) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange, (5) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume, or (6) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.
OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “Counterparties” and individually referred to as a “Counterparty”) through a direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that the Fund will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.
Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is currently expected to be involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, Western Asset must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the Counterparty’s credit to determine the
19
likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. See “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Counterparty Risk” in the Prospectus. The Fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker-dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that Western Asset deems to be creditworthy. In the absence of a change in the current position of the SEC, OTC options purchased by the Fund and the amount of the Fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the Fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.
If the Fund sells a call option, it is foregoing its participation in the appreciation in the value of the underlying asset; however, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against an increase in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the Fund and may increase the Fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide gains for the Fund.
The Fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indexes, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the Fund must be “covered” (that is, the Fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call), or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding. Even though the Fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the Fund will expose the Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the Fund to hold a security or instrument that it might otherwise have sold.
The Fund reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indexes which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Fund’s investment objectives and the restrictions set forth herein.
The Fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indexes, currencies and futures contracts. In selling put options, the Fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.
Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indexes, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to increase income or gain and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the net asset value of the Fund.
The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the Fund. If the Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.
Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions. The Fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors, collars and combinations thereof.
20
The Fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the Fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount. The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor which preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.
The Fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors. If the Fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. The Fund will only enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions with counterparties Western Asset deems to be creditworthy. Western Asset will monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.
The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. Western Asset has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps with standardized documentation. To the extent the Fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or, cash equivalents or other liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If Western Asset is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if Western Asset is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.
The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by Western Asset based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features) and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the Fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed within the percentage restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.
The Fund may invest in derivative instruments, such as options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, indexed securities, credit linked notes, credit default swaps and other swap agreements for investment, hedging and risk management purposes; provided that the Fund’s use of derivative instruments, as
21
measured by the total notional amount of all such instruments, will not exceed 20% of its Managed Assets. With respect to this limitation, the Fund may net derivatives with opposite exposure to the same underlying instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund may invest without limitation in derivative instruments related to currencies, including options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements and combinations thereof; provided that such currency derivatives are used for hedging purposes only. To the extent that the security or index underlying the derivative or synthetic instrument is or is composed of MBS, the Fund will include such derivative and synthetic instruments for the purposes of the Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in MBS and mortgage whole loans. The Fund may sell certain equities or fixed income securities short including, but not limited to Treasury securities, for investing and/or hedging purposes.
Percentage limitations described in this Statement of Additional Information are at the time of investment by the Fund and may be exceeded on a going-forward basis as a result of credit rating downgrades or market value fluctuations in the Fund’s portfolio securities.
The effective use of swaps and related transactions by the Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when Western Asset deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the Fund and counterparties to the transactions, the Fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent the Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of payments that the Fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. The Fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation, subject to the segregated account requirement described above.
Indexed Securities. The Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indexes, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.
Combined Transactions. The Fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single Derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of Western Asset, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by the Fund based on Western Asset’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the Fund’s objectives.
Risk Factors. Derivatives have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent Western Asset’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the Derivatives could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of put and call options could result in losses to the Fund, force the purchase or sale, as the case
22
may be, of written portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of written put options) or lower than (in the case of written call options) current market values, or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.
The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the Fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the Fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the Fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the Fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. This leverage offered by trading in options could cause the Fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the Fund did not invest in options. See “Leverage” in the Prospectus.
As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by the Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when Western Asset deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.
Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments which the issuer of indexed securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indexes, currencies, or other financial indicators, such payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of, and may be more volatile than, the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.
Losses resulting from the use of Derivatives will reduce the Fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if Derivatives had not been used. See “Risks—Risks Related to the Fund—Derivatives Risk” in the Prospectus.
When conducted outside the United States, Derivatives transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. Derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States, (3) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.
23
Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts. Use of many Derivatives by the Fund will require, among other things, that the Fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the Fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the Fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or subcustodian in accordance with established procedures. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the Fund, for example, will require the Fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the Fund on an index will require the Fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the Fund will require the Fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price. Except when the Fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the Fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the Fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to the Fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the amount of the Fund’s obligations.
OTC options entered into by the Fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indexes, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the Fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the Fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the Fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the Fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery.
In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the Fund must deposit the initial margin and, in some instances, the daily variation margin in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The Fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the Fund’s net obligation, if any.
Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The Fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related Derivatives. The Fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the Fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the Fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.
Structured Notes and Related Instruments
The Fund may invest in “structured” notes and other related instruments, which are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark
24
asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies. Structured instruments frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms are available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.
Common Stock
The Fund may hold common stocks which result from a corporate restructuring or stock conversion. Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in a corporation, providing voting rights and entitling the holder to a share of the company’s success through dividends and/or capital appreciation. In the event of liquidation, common stockholders have rights to a company’s remaining assets after bond holders, other debt holders, and preferred stockholders have been paid in full. Typically, common stockholders are entitled to one vote per share to elect the company’s board of directors (although the number of votes is not always directly proportional to the number of shares owned). Common stockholders also receive voting rights regarding other company matters such as mergers and certain important company policies, such as issuing securities to management. In addition to voting rights, common stockholders sometimes enjoy what are called “preemptive rights.” Preemptive rights allow common stockholders to maintain their proportional ownership in the company in the event that the company issues another offering of stock. This means that common stockholders with preemptive rights have the right but not the obligation to purchase as many new shares of the stock as it would take to maintain their proportional ownership in the company. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. In addition, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market, and a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting an issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. The value of the common stocks in which the Fund may invest will be affected by changes in the stock markets generally, which may be the result of domestic or international political or economic news, changes in interest rates or changing investor sentiment. At times, stock markets can be volatile and stock prices can change substantially. The common stocks of smaller companies are more sensitive to these changes than those of larger companies. Common stock risk will affect the Fund’s net asset value per share, which will fluctuate as the value of the securities held by the Fund change.
Preferred Stock
Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of common stock, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the company. Some preferred stock also entitles its holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represents an ownership interest in the company. Some preferred stock offers a fixed rate of return with no maturity date. Because it never matures, this type of preferred stock acts like a long-term bond and can be more volatile than other types of preferred stock and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Other preferred stock has variable dividends, generally determined on a quarterly or other periodic basis, either according to a formula based upon a specified
25
premium or discount to the yield on particular Treasury securities or based on an auction process, involving bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stock. Because preferred stock represents an equity ownership interest in a company, its value usually will react more strongly than bonds and other debt instruments to actual or perceived changes in a company’s financial condition or prospects, or to fluctuations in the equity markets. Preferred stocks are typically subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure, in terms of priority to corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stocks also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. Certain of the preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest may be convertible preferred stocks, which have risks similar to convertible securities.
Loans of Portfolio Securities
Although the Fund may lend portfolio securities, the Fund does not currently intend to engage in this practice. By lending portfolio securities, the Fund would attempt to increase its income through the receipt of interest on the loan. In the event of the bankruptcy of the other party to a securities loan, the Fund could experience delays in recovering the securities it lent and may not be able to recover the securities at all. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities the Fund loaned has increased, the Fund could experience a loss.
The Fund may lend its portfolio securities so long as the terms and the structure of such loans are not inconsistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, which currently require that (i) the borrower pledge and maintain with the Fund collateral consisting of cash, a letter of credit issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government having a value at all times not less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned; (ii) the borrower add to such collateral whenever the price of the securities loaned rises (i.e., the value of the loan is “marked to market” on a daily basis); (iii) the loan be made subject to termination by the Fund at any time and (iv) the Fund receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the Fund’s investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term investments), and distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in their market value. The Fund will not lend portfolio securities if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans exceeds 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including such loans). Loan arrangements made by the Fund will comply with all other applicable regulatory requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), which rules presently require the borrower, after notice, to redeliver the securities within the normal settlement time of three business days. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower, will be monitored by Western Asset, and will be considered in making decisions with respect to lending securities, subject to review by the Board of Directors.
The Fund may pay reasonable negotiated fees in connection with loaned securities, so long as such fees are set forth in a written contract and approved by the Board. If the Fund enters into securities lending agreements in the future, it is possible that FTFA, Western Asset, Western Asset Limited (as defined below) or their affiliates may receive a financial benefit including a portion of such fees from such lending. In addition, voting rights may pass with the loaned securities, but if a material event were to occur affecting such a loan, the loan must be called and the securities voted by the Fund.
Securities of Foreign Issuers
Investors should recognize that investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and, as with domestic multinational corporations, from fluctuating interest rates.
26
There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the Fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.
Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the Fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the Fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.
There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.
In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The 1940 Act limits the Fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict the Fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.
Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the Fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the Fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the Fund to forego attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.
Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the Fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for the Fund, in which event the Fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the Fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The Fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition,
27
in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.
Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies.
Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.
Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.
The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the Fund. For example, the Fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration may in some instances not occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.
Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the Fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.
With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on the Fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.
Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the Fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the Fund.
28
Foreign Currency Transactions
The Fund also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options (see “—Derivatives” above), and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forwards”) with terms generally of less than one year. The Fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. The Fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. Suitable currency hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and Western Asset may decide not to use hedging transactions that are available.
A currency forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes will be covered by the segregation with the Fund’s custodian of assets determined to be liquid by Western Asset in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, and are marked to market daily. Although forwards are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase. Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of the Fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and the Fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:
Lock In. When the Fund desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.
Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the Fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency that is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.
Direct Hedge. If the Fund wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if Western Asset believes that the Fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s debt obligations but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the Fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated a contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but the Fund would hope to benefit from an increase (if any) in the value of the debt obligation.
Proxy Hedge. Western Asset might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the Fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be close to those in the United States and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.
Costs of Hedging. When the Fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the Fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar.
29
It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the Fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield.
Tax Consequences of Hedging
Under applicable tax law, the Fund’s hedging activities may result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Code. Those provisions could cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash with which to satisfy distribution requirements, could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the Fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the Fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.
Obligations of Supranational Entities
Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future.
Brady Bonds
Brady Bonds are debt securities, generally denominated in U.S. dollars, issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”). The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, contemplates the exchange of external commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds known as “Brady Bonds.” Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. The World Bank and/or the IMF support the restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements which enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount. Under these arrangements with the World Bank and/or the IMF, debtor nations have been required to agree to the implementation of certain domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. Such reforms have included the liberalization of trade and foreign investment, the privatization of state-owned enterprises and the setting of targets for public spending and borrowing. These policies and programs seek to promote the debtor country’s economic growth and development. Investors should also recognize that the Brady Plan only sets forth general guiding principles for economic reform and debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case-by-case basis between debtor nations and their creditors.
Structured Instruments
The Fund may invest in structured instruments. They generally consist of, but are not limited to, a trust or partnership through which a fund holds an interest in one or more underlying bonds or other debt obligations coupled with a conditional right to sell (“put”) the fund’s interest in the underlying bonds at par plus accrued interest to a financial institution (a “Liquidity Provider”). With respect to tax-exempt instruments, the instrument is typically structured as a trust or partnership which provides for pass-through tax-exempt income. Structured instruments in which the Fund may invest include: (1) “Swap Products”, in which the trust or partnership swaps the payments due on an underlying bond with a swap counterparty who agrees to pay a floating money market interest rate; and (2) “Partnerships”, which allocate to the partners income, expenses, capital gains and losses in accordance with a governing partnership agreement. Structured instruments may be considered to be derivatives.
30
Other Investment Companies
The Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies and are permissible under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act imposes the following restrictions on investments in other investment companies (i) the Fund may not purchase more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of another investment company; (ii) the Fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in securities issued by another investment company and (iii) the Fund may not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities issued by other investment companies. These limitations do not apply to the purchase of shares of any investment company (i) in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of substantially all the assets of another investment company or (ii) pursuant to any exemption granted under the 1940 Act. On October 7, 2020, the SEC adopted new Rule 12d1-4 that will permit investment companies, including the Fund, to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) without obtaining an exemptive order, provided certain conditions are met.
The Fund may invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Stock, during periods when there is a shortage of attractive securities available in the market, or when Western Asset believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values. The Fund may invest in investment companies that are advised by Western Asset or its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. As a stockholder in an investment company, the Fund would indirectly bear its proportionate share of the advisory fees and other operating expenses of such investment company, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Stockholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. Western Asset will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available investments in other securities. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described in the Prospectus and herein. The net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to stockholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.
Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Position; Invest-Up Period.
During the period in which the net proceeds of the offering of Common Stock are being invested, the proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock by the Fund, if any, commercial paper or notes and/or other borrowings are being invested, or during periods in which FTFA, the Fund’s investment manager, or Western Asset determines that it is temporarily unable to follow the Fund’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so, the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its Managed Assets in cash and cash equivalents. FTFA’s or Western Asset’s determination that it is temporarily unable to follow the Fund’s investment strategy or that it is impracticable to do so will generally occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Fund’s investment strategy is extremely limited or absent. In such a case, the Fund may not pursue or achieve its investment objectives.
Cash and cash equivalents are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
(1) Non-U.S. government securities which have received the highest investment-grade credit rating and U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and Ginnie Mae, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are
31
supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the Treasury; (c) Fannie Mae, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current FDIC regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.
(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, or if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. Western Asset monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. Western Asset does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by an NRSRO and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable rate of interest. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. Western Asset will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity measures) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.
(5) The Fund may invest in bankers’ acceptances, which are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity.
(6) The Fund may invest in bank time deposits, which are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced.
32
(7) The Fund may invest in shares of money market funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder and interpretations thereof.
33
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Board of Directors
The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is classified, with respect to the time for which Directors severally hold office, into three classes—Class I, Class II and Class III, with the Directors in each Class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the Class of Directors whose terms expire at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of their successors. The terms of office of Class I directors, Class II directors and Class III directors expire at the 2026, 2024 and 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, respectively.
The Directors of the Fund, their ages, their principal occupations during the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of investment companies or portfolios in the Fund Complex that each Director oversees, and the other board memberships held by each Director is set forth below.
Name, Address(1) |
Position(s) |
Term of Office |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of Investment Companies in Fund Complex(2) Overseen by Director |
Other | |||||||
INTERESTED DIRECTOR: |
||||||||||||
Jane E. Trust, CFA Born 1962 |
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer | Since 2015 Class II | Senior Vice President, Fund Board Management, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Officer and/or Trustee/Director of 127 funds associated with FTFA or its affiliates (since 2015); President and Chief Executive Officer of FTFA (since 2015); formerly, Senior Managing Director (2018 to 2020) and Managing Director (2016 to 2018) of Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Senior Vice President of FTFA (2015) | 127 | None | |||||||
NON-INTERESTED DIRECTORS: |
||||||||||||
Robert D. Agdern Birth Year: 1950 |
Director and Member of Audit, Nominating, Compensation, Pricing and Valuation Committees, and Compliance Liason | Since 2015 Class III | Member of the Advisory Committee of the Dispute Resolution Research Center at the Kellogg Graduate School of Business, Northwestern University (2002-2016); Deputy General Counsel responsible for western hemisphere matters for BP PLC from 1999 to 2001; Associate General Counsel at Amoco Corporation responsible for corporate, chemical, and refining and marketing matters and special assignments from 1993 to 1998 (Amoco merged with British Petroleum in 1998 forming BP PLC) | 18 | None |
34
Name, Address(1) |
Position(s) |
Term of Office |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of Investment Companies in Fund Complex(2) Overseen by Director |
Other | |||||
Carol L. Colman Birth Year: 1946 |
Director and Member of Audit, Nominating and Compensation, Committees, and Chair of Pricing and Valuation Committee | Since 2010 Class I | President, Colman Consulting Co. | 18 | None | |||||
Daniel P. Cronin Birth Year: 1946 |
Director and Member of Audit, Compensation, and Pricing and Valuation Committees, and Chair of Nominating Committee | Since 2010 Class I | Retired; formerly, Associate General Counsel, Pfizer, Inc. | 18 | None | |||||
Paolo M. Cucchi Birth Year: 1941 |
Director and Member of Audit, Nominating, and Pricing and Valuation Committees, and Chair of Compensation Committee | Since 2010 Class I |
Emeritus Professor of French and Italian at Drew University (since 2014); formerly, Professor of French and Italian at Drew University (2009 to 2014); Vice President and Dean of College of Liberal Arts at Drew University (1984 to 2009) | 18 | None |
35
Name, Address(1) |
Position(s) |
Term of Office |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of Investment Companies in Fund Complex(2) Overseen by Director |
Other | |||||
Eileen A. Kamerick Birth Year: 1958 |
Lead Independent Director and Member of Audit, Nominating, Compensation, Pricing and Valuation Committees | Since 2013 Class III | Chief Executive Officer, The Governance Partners, LLC (consulting firm) (since 2015); National Association of Corporate Directors Board Leadership Fellow (since 2016, with Directorship Certification since 2019) and NACD 2022 Directorship 100 honoree; Adjunct Professor, Georgetown University Law Center (since 2021); Adjunct Professor, The University of Chicago Law School (since 2018); Adjunct Professor, University of Iowa College of Law (since 2007); formerly, Chief Financial Officer, Press Ganey Associates (health care informatics company) (2012 to 2014); Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer, Houlihan Lokey (international investment bank) and President, Houlihan Lokey Foundation (2010 to 2012) | 18 | Director, VALIC Company I (since October 2022); Director of ACV Auctions Inc. (since 2021); Director of Hochschild Mining plc (precious metals company) (since 2016); Director of Associated Banc-Corp (financial services company) (since 2007); formerly, Trustee of AIG Funds and Anchor Series Trust (2018 to 2021) | |||||
Nisha Kumar Birth Year: 1970 |
Director and Member of Nominating, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees, and Chair of Audit Committee | Since 2019 Class II |
Formerly, Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of Greenbriar Equity Group, LP (2011-2021); formerly, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of Rent the Runway, Inc. (2011); Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AOL LLC, a subsidiary of Time Warner Inc. (2007 to 2009). Member of the Council on Foreign Relations. | 18 | Director of The India Fund, Inc. (since 2016); GB Flow Investment LLC; EDAC Technologies Corp.; Nordco Holdings, LLC; and SEKO Global Logistics Network, LLC; formerly, Director of Aberdeen Income Credit Strategies Fund (2017-2018); and Director of The Asia Tigers Fund, Inc. (2016 to 2018) |
* | Ms. Trust is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act because she is an officer of FTFA and certain of its affiliates. |
36
(1) | Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of the persons listed above is c/o Chairman of the Fund, Franklin Templeton, 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018. |
(2) | The term “Fund Complex” means two or more registered investment companies that: |
(a) | hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; or |
(b) | have a common investment adviser or that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. |
Each of the Directors has served as a director of the Fund as indicated in the table above. The Directors were selected to join the Board based upon the following as to each Board Member: his or her character and integrity; such person’s service as a board member of other funds in the Franklin Templeton Fund Complex; such person’s willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Director; as to each Director other than Ms. Trust, his or her status as not being an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act; and, as to Ms. Trust, her role with Franklin Templeton. No factor, by itself, was controlling.
In addition to the information provided in the table included above, each Director possesses the following attributes: Ms. Colman, experience as a consultant and investment professional; Mr. Agdern, experience in business and as a legal professional; Mr. Cronin, legal and managerial experience; Mr. Cucchi, experience as a college professor and leadership experience as an academic dean; Ms. Kamerick, experience in business and finance, including financial reporting, and experience as a board member of another highly regulated financial services company; Ms. Kumar, financial and accounting experience as the chief financial officer of other companies and experience as a board member of private equity funds; and Ms. Trust, investment management and risk oversight experience as an executive and portfolio manager and leadership roles within Franklin Templeton and affiliated entities. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of the Directors are pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Director as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors is responsible under applicable state law for overseeing generally the management and operations of the Fund. The Directors oversee the Fund’s operations by, among other things, meeting at its regularly scheduled meetings and as otherwise needed with the Fund’s management and evaluating the performance of the Fund’s service providers including FTFA, Western Asset, Western Asset Limited, the custodian and the transfer agent. As part of this process, the Directors consult with the Fund’s independent auditors and with their own separate independent counsel.
The Directors review the Fund’s financial statements, performance, net asset value and market price and the relationship between them, as well as the quality of the services being provided to the Fund. As part of this process, the Directors review the Fund’s fees and expenses in light of the nature, quality and scope of the services being received while also seeking to ensure that the Fund continues to have access to high quality services in the future.
The Board of Directors has four regularly scheduled meetings each year, and additional meetings may be scheduled as needed. In addition, the Board has a standing Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (the “Nominating Committee”), Compensation Committee and Pricing and Valuation Committee that meet periodically and whose responsibilities are described below.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Board of Directors held four regular meetings. Each Director attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and the committees for which he or she was eligible. The Fund does not have a formal policy regarding attendance by Directors at annual meetings of stockholders.
37
Each of the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee, Compensation Committee and Pricing and Valuation Committee is composed of all Directors who have been determined not to be “interested persons” of the Fund, FTFA, Western Asset or their affiliates, within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and who are “independent” as defined in the New York Stock Exchange listing standards (“Independent Directors”), and is chaired by an Independent Director. The Board in its discretion from time to time may establish ad hoc committees.
The Board of Directors is currently comprised of seven directors, six of whom are Independent Directors. Jane E. Trust serves as Chairman of the Board. Ms. Trust is an “interested person” of the Fund. The appointment of Ms. Trust as Chairman reflects the Board’s belief that her experience, familiarity with the Fund’s day-to-day operations and access to individuals with responsibility for the Fund’s management and operations provides the Board with insight into the Fund’s business and activities and, with her access to appropriate administrative support, facilitates the efficient development of meeting agendas that address the Fund’s business, legal and other needs and the orderly conduct of board meetings. Ms. Kamerick serves as Lead Independent Director. The Chairman develops agendas for Board meetings in consultation with the Lead Independent Director and presides at all meetings of the Board. The Lead Independent Director, among other things, chairs executive sessions of the Independent Directors, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Directors and serves as a liaison between the Independent Directors and the Fund’s management between Board meetings. The Independent Directors regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board also has determined that its leadership structure, as described above, is appropriate in light of the size and complexity of the Fund, the number of Independent Directors (who constitute a super-majority of the Board’s membership) and the Board’s general oversight responsibility. The Board also believes that its leadership structure not only facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Directors from management, including Western Asset and Western Asset Limited, the Fund’s subadvisers, but also enhances the independent and orderly exercise of its responsibilities.
Audit Committee
The Fund’s Audit Committee is composed entirely of all of the Independent Directors: Mses. Colman, Kamerick and Kumar and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, and Cucchi. Ms. Kamerick serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee and has been determined by the Board to be an “audit committee financial expert.” The principal functions of the Audit Committee are: to (a) oversee the scope of the Fund’s audit, the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls and enhance the quality and objectivity of the audit function; (b) approve, and recommend to the Independent Board Members (as such term is defined in the Audit Committee Charter) for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, as well as approving the compensation thereof; and (c) approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the Fund and certain other persons by the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. This Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board, a copy of which is available on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and click on the name of the Fund.
Nominating Committee
The Fund’s Nominating Committee, the principal function of which is to select and nominate candidates for election as Directors of the Fund, is composed of all of the Independent Directors: Mses. Colman, Kamerick and Kumar and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, and Cucchi. Mr. Cronin serves as the Chair of the Nominating Committee. The Nominating Committee may consider nominees recommended by the stockholder as it deems appropriate. Stockholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Fund’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Directors. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board of Directors and to serve if elected by the stockholders. The Nominating
38
Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. The Nominating Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board, a copy of which is available on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and click on the name of the Fund.
The Nominating Committee identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts, and in its discretion may also engage a professional search firm. The Nominating Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Nominating Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees and has not established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Fund’s Directors to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, as set forth in the Nominating Committee Charter, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Director of the Fund, the Nominee Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:
• | whether or not the person is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Director of the Fund; |
• | whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with Fund management, the investment manager of the Fund, Fund service providers or their affiliates; |
• | whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes; |
• | whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Director of the Fund; |
• | the contribution which the person can make to the Board and the Fund (or, if the person has previously served as a Director of the Fund, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Committee may consider relevant; |
• | the character and integrity of the person; and |
• | whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the Fund’s retirement policies. |
The Nominating Committee does not have a formal diversity policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying potential director nominees but may consider diversity of professional experience, education and skills when evaluating potential nominees for Board membership.
Pricing and Valuation Committee
The Fund’s Pricing and Valuation Committee is composed of all of the Independent Directors. The members of the Pricing and Valuation Committee are Mses. Colman, Kamerick and Kumar and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, and Cucchi. Ms. Colman serves as Chair of the Fund’s Pricing and Valuation Committee. The principal function of the Pricing and Valuation Committee is to assist the Board with its oversight of the process for valuing portfolio securities in light of applicable law, regulatory guidance and applicable policies and procedures adopted by the Fund. The Pricing and Valuation Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
Compensation Committee
The Fund’s Compensation Committee is composed entirely of all of the Independent Members. The members of the Investment Committee are Mses. Colman, Kamerick and Kumar and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, and Cucchi. Mr. Cucchi serves as Chair of the Fund’s Compensation Committee. The principal function of the
39
Compensation Committee is to recommend the appropriate compensation of the Independent Directors for their service on the Board and the committees of the Board. The Compensation Committee met once during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2023. The Compensation Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board, a copy of which is available on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and click on the name of the Fund.
Risk Oversight
The Board’s role in risk oversight of the Fund reflects its responsibility under applicable state law to oversee generally, rather than to manage, the operations of the Fund. In line with this oversight responsibility, the Board receives reports and makes inquiry at its regular meetings and as needed regarding the nature and extent of significant Fund risks (including investment, compliance and valuation risks) that potentially could have a materially adverse impact on the business operations, investment performance or reputation of the Fund, but relies upon the Fund’s management (including the Fund’s portfolio managers) and Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the Board, and the Manager to assist it in identifying and understanding the nature and extent of such risks and determining whether, and to what extent, such risks may be eliminated or mitigated. In addition to reports and other information received from Fund management and the Manager regarding the Fund’s investment program and activities, the Board as part of its risk oversight efforts meets at its regular meetings and as needed with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss, among other things, risk issues and issues regarding the policies, procedures and controls of the Fund. The Board may be assisted in performing aspects of its role in risk oversight by the Audit Committee and such other standing or special committees as may be established from time to time by the Board. For example, the Audit Committee of the Board regularly meets with the Fund’s independent public accounting firm to review, among other things, reports on the Fund’s internal controls for financial reporting.
The Board believes that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Directors as to risk management matters are typically summaries of relevant information and may be inaccurate or incomplete. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.
Security Ownership of Management
The following table provides information concerning the dollar range of equity securities owned beneficially by each Director and nominee for election as Director as of December 31, 2023.
Name of Director |
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund ($) |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by the Director in the Family of Investment Companies(1) ($) |
||||||
Non-Interested Directors: |
||||||||
Robert D. Agdern |
C | D | ||||||
Carol L. Colman |
C | E | ||||||
Daniel P. Cronin |
C | E | ||||||
Paolo M. Cucchi |
A | C | ||||||
Eileen Kamerick |
C | E | ||||||
Nisha Kumar |
A | A | ||||||
Interested Director: |
||||||||
Jane Trust |
A | E |
40
Key: A: none, B: $1-$10,000, C: $10,001-$50,000, D: $50,001-$100,000, E: over $100,000.
(1) | The term “family of investment companies” means any two or more registered investment companies that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter or hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services. |
At December 31, 2023, the nominees, Directors and officers of the Fund as a group beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund’s Common Stock.
No Director or nominee for election as Director who is not an “interested person” of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act, nor any immediate family members, to the best of the Fund’s knowledge, had any interest in the Fund’s investment adviser, or any person or entity (other than the Fund) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Franklin Templeton as of December 31, 2023.
Director Compensation
Under the federal securities laws, and in connection with the Meeting, the Fund is required to provide to stockholders in connection with the Meeting information regarding compensation paid to the Directors by the Fund, as well as by the various other investment companies advised by FTFA. The following table provides information concerning the compensation paid to each Director by the Fund during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and the total compensation paid to each Director during the calendar year ended December 31, 2023. The Directors listed below are members of the Fund’s Audit, Nominating, Compensation and Pricing and Valuation Committees, as well as committees of the boards of certain other investment companies advised by FTFA. Accordingly, the amounts provided in the table include compensation for service on all such committees. The Fund does not provide any pension or retirement benefits to Directors. In addition, no remuneration was paid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 by the Fund to Ms. Trust who is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act.
Name of Director |
Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for Fiscal Period Ended 12/31/23 |
Total Compensation from the Fund and Fund Complex(1) for Calendar Year Ended 12/31/23 |
||||||
Non-Interested Directors:(2) |
||||||||
Robert D. Agdern |
$ | 6,490 | $ | 402,222 | ||||
Carol L. Colman |
$ | 6,939 | $ | 332,000 | ||||
Daniel P. Cronin |
$ | 6,827 | $ | 323,000 | ||||
Paolo M. Cucchi |
$ | 6,490 | $ | 312,000 | ||||
Eileen A. Kamerick |
$ | 7,726 | $ | 457,000 | ||||
Nisha Kumar |
$ | 7,277 | $ | 435,000 |
(1) | “Fund Complex” means two or more Funds (a registrant or, where the registrant is a series company, a separate portfolio of the registrant) that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other Funds. |
(2) | Each Non-Interested Director currently holds 18 investment company directorships within this Fund Complex. |
Officers of the Fund
The Fund’s executive officers are chosen each year at a regular meeting of the Board to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. Officers of the Fund receive no compensation from the Fund, although they may be reimbursed by the Fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending
41
Board meetings. In addition to Ms. Trust, the Fund’s Chairman, CEO and President, the executive officers of the Fund currently are:
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) |
Term of Office Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | |||
Fred Jensen Franklin Templeton 280 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 Birth Year: 1963 |
Chief Compliance Officer |
Since 2020 | Director - Global Compliance of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (2006 to 2020); Director of Compliance, Legg Mason Office of the Chief Compliance Officer (2006 to 2020); formerly, Chief Compliance Officer of Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation (prior to 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of Legg Mason Private Portfolio Group (prior to 2013); formerly, Chief Compliance Officer of The Reserve Funds (investment adviser, funds and broker-dealer) (2004) and Ambac Financial Group (investment adviser, funds and broker-dealer) (2000 to 2003). | |||
Marc A. De Oliveira Franklin Templeton 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902 Birth year: 1971 |
Secretary and Chief Legal Officer |
Since 2023 | Associate General Counsel of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2020); Assistant Secretary of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006); formerly, Managing Director (2016 to 2020) and Associate General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020). | |||
Thomas C. Mandia Franklin Templeton 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902 Birth Year: 1962 |
Senior Vice President | Since 2022 | Senior Associate General Counsel of Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Secretary of FTFA (since 2006); Assistant Secretary of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006); Secretary of LM Asset Services, LLC (“LMAS”) (since 2002) and Legg Mason Fund Asset Management, Inc. (“LMFAM”) (since 2013) (formerly registered investment advisers); formerly, Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2020) and Assistant Secretary of certain funds in the fund complex (2006 to 2022) | |||
Jeanne M. Kelly Franklin Templeton 280 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 Birth Year: 1951 |
Senior Vice President | Since 2010 | U.S. Fund Board Team Manager, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Senior Vice President of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); Senior Vice President of the Manager (since 2006); President and Chief Executive Officer of LMAS and LMFAM (since 2015); formerly, Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005 to |
42
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) |
Term of Office Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | |||
2020); Senior Vice President of LMFAM (2013 to 2015) | ||||||
Christopher Berarducci Franklin Templeton 280 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017 Birth year: 1974 |
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer | Since 2019 | Vice President, Fund Administration and Reporting, Franklin Templeton (since 2020); Treasurer (since 2010) and Principal Financial Officer (since 2019) of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Managing Director (2020), Director (2015 to 2020), and Vice President (2011 to 2015) of Legg Mason & Co. |
43
INVESTMENT MANAGER
Investment Manager and Subadviser
The Fund retains FTFA to act as its investment manager. FTFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton. FTFA serves as the investment manager to numerous individuals and institutions and other investment companies. The investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) between FTFA and the Fund provides that FTFA will manage the operations of the Fund, subject to the supervision, direction and approval of the Fund’s Board of Directors and the objective and the policies stated in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information.
Pursuant to the Management Agreement, FTFA manages the Fund’s investment portfolio, directs purchases and sales of portfolio securities and reports thereon to the Fund’s officers and Directors regularly. FTFA also provides the office space, facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to perform the following services for the Fund: SEC compliance, including record keeping, reporting requirements and registration statements and proxies; supervision of Fund operations, including coordination of functions of the transfer agent, custodian, accountants, counsel and other parties performing services or operational functions for the Fund; and certain administrative and clerical services, including certain accounting services and maintenance of certain books and records.
Advisory Fee.
Fiscal Year or Period Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||||||
The Fund paid FTFA approximate fees of |
$ | 2,356,559 | $ | 2,442,879 | $ | 2,367,289 | $ | 2,319,196 | $ | 3,036,599 | $ | 3,233,426 |
Pursuant to a subadvisory agreement (the “Subadvisory Agreement”), subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board and FTFA, Western Asset will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund. Western Asset is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Templeton. Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other funds or accounts managed by Western Asset. Such other funds or accounts may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. If those funds or accounts are prepared to invest in, or desire to dispose of, the same security at the same time as the Fund, however, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and accounts in a manner deemed equitable to all. In some cases, this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position obtained for or disposed of by the Fund or the price paid or received by the Fund. In addition, because of different investment objectives, a particular security may be purchased for one or more funds or accounts when one or more funds or accounts are selling the same security.
In connection with Western Asset’s service to the Fund, Western Asset Management Company Limited in London (“Western Asset Limited”) provides certain subadvisory services to the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory agreement with the Subadvisor (“Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement”). Western Asset Limited is responsible, generally, for managing investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Western Asset Limited was founded in 1984 and has offices at 10 Exchange Square, Primrose Street, London EC2A2EN. Western Asset pay Western Asset Limited a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Fund.
Each of the Management Agreement, the Subadvisory Agreement and the Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement had an initial term of two years and continues in effect from year to year thereafter if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and in either event, by a majority of the disinterested Directors of the Board with
44
such disinterested Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board of Directors or the holders of a majority of the Fund’s shares may terminate the Management Agreement on 60 days’ written notice without penalty and FTFA may terminate the agreement on 90 days’ written notice without penalty. The Management Agreement terminates automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated without penalty by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by Western Asset upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and FTFA, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of FTFA and Western Asset. The Subadvisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement may be terminated without penalty by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to Western Asset Limited, or by Western Asset Limited upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and FTFA, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of FTFA and Western Asset Limited. The Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
Under the terms of the Management Agreement, the Subadvisory Agreement and the Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement, none of FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited, respectively, will be liable for losses or damages incurred by the Fund, unless such losses or damages are attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited, as the case may be, or from reckless disregard by them of their obligations and duties under the relevant agreement.
Western Asset Limited is a corporation organized under the laws of England. Western Asset Limited is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and has irrevocably designated the Secretary of the SEC, as its agent to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding to enforce the provisions of U.S. securities laws. There can be no assurance that Western Asset Limited will have any assets in the United States that could be attached in connection with any action, suit or proceeding. In addition, it may not be possible to enforce judgments of U.S. courts or liabilities in original actions predicated upon civil liability provisions of U.S. law in foreign courts against Western Asset Limited.
Codes of Ethics
Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the Fund, FTFA, Western Asset and Western Asset Limited have each adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.
When personnel covered by the Fund’s Code of Ethics are employed by more than one of the managers affiliated with Franklin Templeton, those employees may be subject to such affiliate’s Code of Ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1, rather than the Fund’s Code of Ethics.
Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the Fund, FTFA, Western Asset and Western Asset Limited are on file with the SEC. These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information relating to the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. Such materials are also available on EDGAR on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov, or make a request in writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
45
Proxy Voting Policies
Although individual Directors may not agree with particular policies or votes by FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited, the Fund’s Board of Directors has delegated proxy voting discretion to FTFA, Western Asset and/or Western Asset Limited, believing that FTFA, Western Asset and/or Western Asset Limited should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.
FTFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the Fund to Western Asset through its contract with Western Asset. With respect to assets that are allocated to Western Asset Limited, Western Asset delegates responsibility for voting proxies to Western Asset Limited. Each of Western Asset and Western Asset Limited will use their own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, FTFA does not expect to have proxy voting responsibility for the Fund. Should FTFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of Western Asset or the Western Asset Limited to provide investment advisory services, FTFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of FTFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at FTFA) and the Fund, the Board of Directors of FTFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. FTFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that FTFA votes proxies. FTFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from Western Asset and Western Asset Limited and providing them to the Fund as required for the Fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.
FTFA’s proxy voting policy governs in determining how proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities are voted and is attached as Appendix B hereto. Western Asset’s proxy voting policy is attached as Appendix C hereto. The proxy voting policy of Western Asset Limited is attached hereto as Appendix C. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge (1) by calling 888-425-6432, (2) on the Fund’s website at http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov on Form N-PX.
46
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Unless otherwise indicated, the information below is provided as of the date of this SAI.
The table below identifies the number of accounts (other than the Fund) for which the Fund’s portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories, as of December 31, 2023: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. None of these accounts have fees based on performance.
Name of Portfolio Manager |
Type of Account |
Number of Accounts Managed |
Total Assets |
Number of Accounts Managed for which Advisory Fee is Performance- Based |
Assets Managed for which Advisory Fee is Performance- Based | |||||
Michael C. Buchanan ‡* |
Other Registered Investment Companies | 37 | $17.34 billion | None | None | |||||
Other Pooled Vehicles | 266 | $50.58 billion | 23 | $2.60 billion | ||||||
Other Accounts | 570 | $170.69 billion | 251 | $12.68 billion | ||||||
Greg E. Handler ‡ |
Other Registered Investment | 4 |
$3.02 billion | None | None | |||||
Companies | 13 | $3.75 billion | 2 | $165 million | ||||||
Other Pooled Vehicles | 8 | $2.96 billion | 2 | $840 million | ||||||
Other Accounts | ||||||||||
Simon Miller ‡* |
Other Registered Investment Companies | None | None | None | None | |||||
Other Pooled Vehicles | 10 | $921 million | 2 | $169 million | ||||||
Other Accounts | 1 | $243 million | None | None |
‡ | The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by employees of Western Asset Management Company, LLC (“Western Asset”). Western Asset’s investment discipline emphasizes a team approach that combines the efforts of groups of specialists working in different market sectors. They are responsible for overseeing implementation of Western Asset’s overall investment ideas and coordinating the work of the various sector teams. This structure ensures that client portfolios benefit from a consensus that draws on the expertise of all team members. |
* | The information is as of March 1, 2024 and does not reflect the Fund |
Investment Professional Compensation Structure
With respect to the compensation of the Fund’s investment professionals, the Western Asset’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation range, which is derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits and a retirement plan.
In addition, the Western Asset’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the Western Asset, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. The principal factor considered is an investment professional’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (i.e., a securities index and with respect to the Fund, the benchmark set forth in the
47
Fund’s Prospectus to which the Fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation—with 3 and 5 years having a larger emphasis. The Western Asset may also measure an investment professional’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because investment professionals are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the Fund) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. Other factors that may be considered when making bonus decisions include client service, business development, length of service to the Western Asset, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the Western Asset’s business.
Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all investment professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These are determined based upon the factors described above and include long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.
Potential Conflicts of Interest
Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.
Western Asset and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for Western Asset and the individuals that each employs. For example, the manager and Western Asset each seek to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. Western Asset has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by Western Asset and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:
Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.
Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies an investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.
Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.
Selection of Broker/Dealers. In addition to executing trades, some broker/dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment
48
of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. For this reason, Western Asset has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.
Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee (and the percentage paid to Western Asset) and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.
Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership
The portfolio managers held the following amounts of securities of the Fund as of December 31, 2023.
Portfolio Manager |
Dollar Range of Securities Beneficially Owned ($) |
|||
Michael C. Buchanan* |
A | |||
Greg E. Handler |
D | |||
Simon Miller* |
A |
* | The Information is as of March 1, 2024 |
Dollar Range ownership is as follows:
A: none
B: $1 - $10,000
C: 10,001 - $50,000
D: $50,001 - $100,000
E: $100,001 - $500,000
F: $500,001 - $1 million
G: over $1 million
49
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
The Fund does not have an obligation to deal with any brokers or dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to policy established by the Board of Directors, Western Asset is responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions.
Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price, which may include dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Fund to obtain the best results taking into account the general execution and operational facilities of the broker or dealer, the type of transaction involved and other factors such as the risk of the broker or dealer in positioning the securities involved. While FTFA, Western Asset and Western Asset Limited generally seek the best price in placing orders, the Fund may not necessarily be paying the lowest price available. Subject to seeking the best price and execution, securities firms which provide supplemental research to FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited under the Management Agreement, Subadvisory Agreement or Western Limited Subadvisory Agreement, and the expenses of FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information.
The Fund expects that all portfolio transactions will be effected on a principal basis and, accordingly, does not expect to pay any brokerage commissions. To the extent the Fund does effect brokerage transactions, affiliated persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or affiliated persons of such persons, may from time to time be selected to perform brokerage services for the Fund, subject to the considerations discussed above, but are prohibited by the 1940 Act from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase or sale of securities. In order for such an affiliated person to be permitted to effect any portfolio transactions for the Fund, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by such affiliated person must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold during a comparable period of time. This standard would allow such an affiliated person to receive no more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker in a commensurate arm’s-length transaction.
Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those for other funds and accounts advised or managed by FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited or their affiliates. Such other funds and accounts may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of the Fund and another fund or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price, and available investments allocated as to amount, in a manner which FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited believes to be equitable to the Fund and such other fund or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, FTFA, Western Asset or Western Asset Limited may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other funds and accounts in order to obtain best execution.
Although the Fund does not have any restrictions on portfolio turnover, it is not the Fund’s policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. It is expected that the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund will not exceed 100%. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater transaction costs than a lower rate, which costs are borne by the Fund and their stockholders.
50
NET ASSET VALUE
The Fund determines the net asset value of its Common Stock on each day the NYSE is open for business, as of the close of the customary trading session (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time), or any earlier closing time that day. The Fund determines the net asset value per share of Common Stock by dividing the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets (including the value of derivatives and interest accrued but not collected) less all its liabilities (including accrued expenses, the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares and dividends payable) by the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Securities are valued at the mean between the last quoted bid and asked prices provided by an independent pricing service that are based on transactions in corporate fixed income securities, quotations from corporate bond dealers, market transactions in comparable securities and various other relationships between securities. The Fund values portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available at the last reported sales price or official closing price on the primary market or exchange on which they trade. Under the Fund’s valuation policies and procedures, the Fund values its short-term investments at amortized cost when the security has 60 days or less to maturity which the Board of Directors believes under normal circumstances represents the fair value of those securities. Determination of the Common Stock’s net asset value is made in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The Fund values all other securities and assets at their fair value. If events occur that materially affect the value of a security between the time trading ends on the security and the close of the customary trading session of the NYSE, the Fund may value the security at its fair value as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors. The effect of using fair value pricing is that the Common Stock’s net asset value will be subject to the judgment of the Board of Directors or its designee instead of being determined by the market.
Any swap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating net asset value. Any cap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.
51
GENERAL INFORMATION
Certain Provisions in the Charter and Bylaws
The Charter includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Stockholders of opportunities to sell their Common Stock at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Stock. As described more completely in the Prospectus, starting with the first annual meeting of stockholders, the Charter divides the Directors into three classes of approximately equal size. As a result of this staggered structure of the Board of Directors, it would take a minimum of two years for other entities or groups of persons to gain a majority of seats on the Board of Directors. In addition, the Bylaws require that stockholders provide advance notice to the Fund in order to nominate candidates for election to the Board or to bring proposals before the annual meeting of stockholders. This prevents other entities or groups of persons from nominating Directors or raising proposals during an annual meeting of stockholders unless they have provided such advance notice to the Fund.
REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES; CONVERSION TO AN OPEN-END FUND
Although it is under no obligation to do so, the Fund reserves the right to repurchase the Common Stock on the open market in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of stock or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance Common Stock repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of Common Stock repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any Common Stock repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board of Directors would also have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
The repurchase by the Fund of shares of its Common Stock at prices below net asset value may result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that Common Stock repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in shares of the Fund’s Common Stock trading at a price equal to their net asset value. In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Stock will decrease the Fund’s total assets, which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio.
If the Fund converted to an open-end investment company, the Common Stock would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, stockholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end investment companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end investment companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management.
52
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Set forth below is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax aspects concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of Common Stock. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion applies only to U.S. shareholders that hold Common Stock as capital assets. A U.S. shareholder is a Common Stockholder who is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a U.S. corporation, (iii) a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person, or (iv) any estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors therein), U.S. shareholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Stock as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal estate or gift taxes or the application of the Medicare tax on net investment income or any U.S. federal alternative minimum tax.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of Common Stock, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.
Taxation of the Fund
The Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code.
To qualify under Subchapter M for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
If the Fund fails to satisfy as of the close of any quarter the asset diversification test referred to in the preceding paragraph, it will have 30 days to cure the failure by, for example, selling securities that are the source of the violation. Other cure provisions are available in the Code for a failure to satisfy the asset diversification test, but any such cure provision may involve the payment of a penalty excise tax.
53
As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.
Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of those months, and paid during the following January, will be treated as having been distributed by the Fund (and received by shareholders) on December 31 of the year in which declared.
If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other noncorporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then the Fund would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of 5 years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
Distributions
Distributions to Common Stockholders by the Fund of ordinary income (including accrued market discount), and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by the Fund will generally be taxable to Common Stockholders as ordinary income to the extent such distributions are paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions, if any, of net capital gains properly reported as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the Common Stockholder has owned Common Stock. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be treated by a Common Stockholder as a return of capital which will be applied against and reduce the Common Stockholder’s basis in its Common Stock. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the Common Stockholder’s basis in its Common Stock, the excess will be treated by the Common Stockholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the Common Stock. Distributions paid by the Fund generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations or for the reduced rates applicable to certain qualified dividend income received by non-corporate Common Stockholders.
Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Common Stock pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Common Stockholders
54
receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Stock will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless the Fund issues additional Common Stock with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, in which case such Common Stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed Common Stock . The additional Common Stock received by a Common Stockholder pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the Common Stock is credited to the Common Stockholder’s account.
The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a written notice to its shareholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each Common Stockholder will (i) be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for its Common Stock by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
The IRS currently requires that a RIC that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and capital gains) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, if the Fund issues Preferred Stock, the Fund intends to allocate capital gain dividends, if any, between its Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year.
Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions.
Sale or Exchange of Common Stock
Upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock, a Common Stockholder will generally realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the Common Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the Common Stockholder’s holding period for the Common Stock. Generally, a Common Stockholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Stock has been held for more than one year. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, however, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.
No loss will be allowed on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock if the owner acquires (including pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such Common Stock within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Losses realized by a Common Stockholder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such Common Stock.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Stock of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
55
Nature of the Fund’s Investments
Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above.
These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to Common Stockholders and the Fund’s status as a RIC. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.
Below Investment Grade Instruments
The Fund invests a portion of its Managed Assets in below investment grade (high yield) instruments, commonly known as “high yield” instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, to preserve its status as a RIC and to distribute sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income tax.
Original Issue Discount
Investments by the Fund in debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as zero coupon securities, debt instruments with “payment-in-kind” or “PIK” interest, step-up bonds or other discount securities) will result in income to the Fund equal to the accrued original issue discount each year during which the Fund holds the securities, even if the Fund receives no cash interest payments. If the Fund purchases debt instruments as part of a package of investments where the Fund also invests in common stock, other equity securities or warrants, the Fund might be required to accrue original issue discount in an amount equal to the value of such common stock, other equity securities or warrants (even if the face amount of such debt instruments does not exceed the Fund’s purchase price for such package of investments). Any original issue discount might reflect doubt as to whether the entire principal amount of a debt obligation will ultimately prove to be collectible. The Fund will, however, generally be required to recognize any accrued original issue discount based on the assumption that all future projected payments due on such debt obligation will be made. Original issue discount is included in determining the amount of income which the Fund must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of U.S. federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders.
Market Discount Securities
In general, the Fund will be treated as having acquired a debt instrument in the secondary market with market discount if its stated redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of a debt instrument issued with original issue discount, its revised issue price) exceeds the Fund’s initial tax basis in the debt instrument by an amount equal to or greater than a statutory de minimis amount. The discount at which such debt instruments are acquired
56
may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectability rather than current market interest rates. The amount of such discount will nevertheless generally be treated as market discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Market discount on a debt instrument accrues ratably on a daily basis, unless an election is made to accrue market discount on the basis of the constant yield to maturity of the debt instrument, based generally on the assumption that all future payments on the debt instrument will be made. The Fund has made an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, and accrued market discount for a debt instrument will generally have to be included in income each year as if the debt instrument were assured of ultimately being collected in full. Accrued market discount is included in determining the amount of income which the Fund must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of U.S. federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders.
Stock Dividends
In certain circumstances, the Fund may make distributions of its Common Stock to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to maintain the Fund’s status as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Under IRS Revenue Procedure 2017-45, the Fund may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash or Common Stock at the election of each Common Stockholder, with up to 80% of the aggregate of any taxable dividends payable in the Fund’s Common Stock and the 20% or greater balance paid in cash. Common Stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as taxable income to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Common Stockholders may be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. It is unclear whether and to what extent the Fund will be able to pay taxable dividends in cash and Common Stock (whether pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2017-45 or otherwise).
Currency Fluctuations
Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.
Foreign Taxes
The Fund’s investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In that case, the Fund’s yield on those securities would be decreased. Shareholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by the Fund.
Preferred Shares or Borrowings
If the Fund utilizes leverage through the issuance of Preferred Stock or borrowings, it may be restricted by certain covenants with respect to the declaration of, and payment of, dividends on Common Stock in certain circumstances. Limits on the Fund’s payments of dividends on Common Stock may prevent the Fund from meeting the distribution requirements described above, and may, therefore, jeopardize the Fund’s qualification for taxation as a RIC and possibly subject the Fund to the 4% excise tax. The Fund will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.
57
REMICs
The Fund may invest in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”). A portion of the Fund’s income from a REMIC residual interest could be treated as “excess inclusion income.” Any excess inclusion income of the Fund would generally be allocated among its shareholders in proportion to dividends paid, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan, or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business taxable income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in the Fund, then the Fund will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest U.S. federal income tax rate imposed on corporations.
Backup Withholding
The Fund may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to U.S. shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification numbers or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Foreign Shareholders
U.S. taxation of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate or a foreign corporation, as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the shareholder.
If the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder, distributions of investment company taxable income (including any distributions payable in Common Stock) will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. However, dividends paid by the Fund that are “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” will generally be exempt from such withholding, in each case to the extent the Fund properly reports such dividends to shareholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the source if received directly by a foreign shareholder, and that satisfy certain other requirements. A foreign shareholder whose income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock. However, a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements will nevertheless be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% on such capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains and gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock.
If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale,
58
exchange or other disposition of Common Stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.
Very generally, special tax rules would apply if the Fund holds “United States real property interests” (“USRPIs”) (or if the Fund holds assets that would be treated as USRPIs but for certain exceptions applicable to RICs) the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the Fund’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Such rules could result in U.S. tax withholding from certain distributions to foreign shareholders. Furthermore, such shareholders may be required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on such distributions—and, in certain cases, gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Common Stock—at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The Fund does not expect to invest in a significant percentage of USRPIs, so these special tax rules are not likely to apply.
The Fund may be required to withhold from distributions to foreign shareholders that are otherwise exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the foreign shareholder certifies its foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.
The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
Additional Withholding Requirements
Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends that the Fund pays to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its “United States account” holders (as specifically defined in the Code) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. In addition, foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of Common Stock.
Other Taxation
Common Stockholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Common Stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Fund currently has no control person. To the Fund’s knowledge, no person owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s outstanding equity securities. As a group, the Fund’s directors and officers own less than 1% of the Fund’s Common Stock.
59
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements included in the annual report to the Fund’s shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) for the Fund’s annual report, are incorporated herein by reference to the Fund’s annual report to shareholders. All other portions of the annual report to shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
PwC serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of the Fund and audits the financial statements of the Fund. PwC is located at 100 East Pratt Street, Suite 2600, Baltimore, Maryland 21202-1096.
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
The custodian of the assets of the Fund is The Bank of New York Mellon, 225 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10286. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Fund’s transfer, stockholder services and dividend paying agent is Computershare Inc., 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
As noted above, this statement of additional information is part of a registration statement filed with the SEC. Pursuant to the final rule and form amendments adopted by the SEC on April 8, 2020, the Fund is permitted to “incorporate by reference” certain information filed with the SEC, which means that the Fund can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information that the Fund files with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.
The documents listed below, and any reports and other documents subsequently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 30(b)(2) under the 1940 Act and Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the termination of the offering will be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and deemed to be part of this Prospectus from the date of the filing of such reports and documents:
• | the Fund’s Prospectus, dated , 2024, filed with this statement of additional information; |
• | the Fund’s Annual Report on Form N-CSR, filed on March 4, 2024; |
• | the Fund’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A, filed on September 13, 2023; |
• | the Fund’s description of Common Shares on Form 8-A, filed on February 5, 2010. |
60
You may obtain copies of any information incorporated by reference into this prospectus, at no charge, by calling toll-free (888) 777-0102 or by writing to the Fund at 620 Eighth Avenue, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10018. The Fund’s periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 30(b)(2) of the 1940 Act and Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as this Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, are available on the Fund’s website http://www.franklintempleton.com/investments/options/closed-end-funds. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov, free of charge, that contains these reports, the Fund’s proxy and information statements, and other information relating to the Fund
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC in Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
61
APPENDIX A
DESCRIPTION OF S&P, MOODY’S AND FITCH RATINGS1
S&P Global Ratings—A brief description of the applicable S&P Global Ratings and its affiliates (collectively, “S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
ISSUE CREDIT RATING DEFINITIONS
An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
• | The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
• | The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and |
• | The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. |
An issue rating is an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
“AAA” |
An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong. | |
“AA” |
An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong. |
1 | The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings available at the date of this Statement of Additional Information for the securities listed. Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuance. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on the date of the Fund’s fiscal year end. |
A-1
“A” |
An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong. | |
“BBB” |
An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
“BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” |
Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions. | |
“BB” |
An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
“B” |
An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
“CCC” |
An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
“CC” |
An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default. | |
“C” |
An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher. | |
“D” |
An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer. | |
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (–) |
The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories. |
A-2
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
“A-1” |
A short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong. | |
“A-2” |
A short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory. | |
“A-3” |
A short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
“B” |
A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. | |
“C” |
A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
“D” |
A short-term obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer. |
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)
S&P uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a “p” qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.
Federal deposit insurance limit: “L” qualifier |
Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits. | |
Principal: “p” qualifier |
This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated. | |
Preliminary Ratings: “prelim” qualifier |
Preliminary ratings, with the “prelim” suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. |
A-3
Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating. | ||
• Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. | ||
• Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). | ||
• Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities. | ||
• Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings. | ||
• A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating. | ||
Termination Structures: “t” qualifier |
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. | |
Counterparty Instrument Rating: “cir” qualifier |
This symbol indicates a Counterparty Instrument Rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment. |
Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)
Contingent upon final documentation: “*” inactive qualifier |
This symbol indicated that the rating was contingent upon S&P’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998. |
A-4
Termination of obligation to tender: “c” inactive qualifier |
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer was lowered to below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds were deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001. | |
U.S. direct government securities: “G” inactive qualifier |
The letter “G” followed the rating symbol when a fund’s portfolio consisted primarily of direct U.S. government securities. | |
Public Information Ratings: “pi” inactive qualifier |
This qualifier was used to indicate ratings that were based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. Such ratings did not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore, could have been based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” suffix. Discontinued use as of December 2014 and as of August 2015 for Lloyd’s Syndicate Assessments. | |
Provisional Ratings: “pr” qualifier |
The letters “pr” indicate that the rating was provisional. A provisional rating assumed the successful completion of a project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements was largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, made no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. | |
Quantitative Analysis of public information “q” inactive qualifier |
A “q” subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001. | |
Extraordinary risks “r” inactive qualifier |
The “r” modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. | |
The absence of an “r” modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation would not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. S&P discontinued the use of the “r” modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002. |
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.—A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS RATINGS
Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the
A-5
risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations1 addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay.2 Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating.3 Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.4, 5 Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.6
Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf ) to all structured finance ratings.7 The addition of (sf ) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf ) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.
1 | In the case of impairments, there can be a financial loss even when contractual obligations are met. |
2 | In some cases the relevant credit risk relates to a third party, in addition to, or instead of the issuer. Examples include credit-linked notes and guaranteed obligations. |
3 | Because the number of possible features or structures is limited only by the creativity of issuers, Moody’s cannot comprehensively catalogue all the types of non-standard variation affecting financial obligations, but examples include indexed values, equity values and cash flows, prepayment penalties, and an obligation to pay an amount that is not ascertainable at the inception of the transaction. |
4 | For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, long-term and short-term ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment (as defined below in this publication) and financial loss in the event of impairment. |
5 | Supranational institutions and central banks that hold sovereign debt or extend sovereign loans, such as the IMF or the European Central Bank, may not always be treated similarly to other investors and lenders with similar credit exposures. Long-term and short-term ratings assigned to obligations held by both supranational institutions and central banks, as well as other investors, reflect only the credit risks faced by other investors unless specifically noted otherwise. |
6 | Supranational institutions and central banks that hold sovereign debt or extend sovereign loans, such as the IMF or the European Central Bank, may not always be treated similarly to other investors and lenders with similar credit exposures. Long-term and short-term ratings assigned to obligations held by both supranational institutions and central banks, as well as other investors, reflect only the credit risks faced by other investors unless specifically noted otherwise. |
7 | Like other global scale ratings, (sf) ratings reflect both the likelihood of a default and the expected loss suffered in the event of default. Ratings are assigned based on a rating committee’s assessment of a security’s expected loss rate (default probability multiplied by expected loss severity), and may be subject to the constraint that the final expected loss rating assigned would not be more than a certain number of notches, typically three to five notches, above the rating that would be assigned based on an assessment of default probability alone. The magnitude of this constraint may vary with the level of the rating, the seasoning of the transaction, and the uncertainty around the assessments of expected loss and probability of default. |
A-6
Long-Term Rating Definitions:
“Aaa” |
Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. | |
“Aa” |
Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. | |
“A” |
Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. | |
“Baa” |
Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. | |
“Ba” |
Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. | |
“B” |
Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. | |
“Caa” |
Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. | |
“Ca” |
Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. | |
“C” |
Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*
MEDIUM-TERM NOTE PROGRAM RATINGS
Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).
MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating and is defined elsewhere in this document.
The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuer’s default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.
Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
* | By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security. |
A-7
Short-Term Rating Definitions:
Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.89
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
“P-1” |
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations. | |
“P-2” |
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations. | |
“P-3” |
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
“NP” |
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories. |
Fitch IBCA, Inc.—A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
INTERNATIONAL ISSUER AND CREDIT RATING SCALES
The Primary Credit Rating Scales (those featuring the symbols “AAA”-”D” and “Fi”-”D”) are used for debt and financial strength ratings. The below section describes their use for issuers and obligations in corporate, public and structured finance debt markets.
Long-Term Ratings Scales—Issuer Credit Ratings Scales
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.
“AAA” |
Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events. |
8 | For certain structured finance, preferred stock and hybrid securities in which payment default events are either not defined or do not match investors’ expectations for timely payment, the ratings reflect the likelihood of impairment (as defined below in this publication). |
9 | Supranational institutions and central banks that hold sovereign debt or extend sovereign loans, such as the IMF or the European Central Bank, may not always be treated similarly to other investors and lenders with similar credit exposures. Long-term and short-term ratings assigned to obligations held by both supranational institutions and central banks, as well as other investors, reflect only the credit risks faced by other investors unless specifically noted otherwise. |
A-8
“AA” |
Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. | |
“A” |
High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. | |
“BBB” |
Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. | |
“BB” |
Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments. | |
“B” |
Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment. | |
“CCC” |
Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility. | |
“CC” |
Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable. | |
“C” |
Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include: | |
a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; | ||
b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; | ||
c. the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; or | ||
d. a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent. | ||
“RD” |
Restricted default. “RD” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced: | |
a. an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but | ||
b. has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and | ||
c. has not otherwise ceased operating. | ||
This would include: | ||
i. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt; | ||
ii. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation; |
A-9
iii. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations. | ||
“D” |
Default. “D” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business. | |
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange. | ||
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice. |
Note: The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below “B”.
Limitations of the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:
Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:
• | The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood or failure likelihood over any given time period. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit. |
• | The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default. |
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
Short-Term Ratings—Short-Term Ratings Assigned to
Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
A-10
“F1” |
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature. | |
“F2” |
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. | |
“F3” |
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate. | |
“B” |
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions. | |
“C” |
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility. | |
“RD” |
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only. | |
“D” |
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation. |
Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale:
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:
• | The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock. |
• | The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default. |
• | The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation. |
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
A-11
APPENDIX B
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON FUND ADVISER, LLC
Proxy Voting Policy
FTFA delegates to each sub-adviser the responsibility for voting proxies for its funds, as applicable, through its contracts with each sub-adviser. Each sub-adviser may use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies of the funds if the funds’ Board reviews and approves the use of those policies and procedures. Accordingly, FTFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for any of the funds.
Should FTFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a sub-adviser to provide investment advisory services, FTFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent sub-adviser to vote proxies until a new sub-adviser is retained and the use of its proxy voting policies and procedures is authorized by the Board. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of FTFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at FTFA) and any fund, the Board of Directors of FTFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. FTFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations.
FTFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from each sub-adviser and providing them to the funds as required for the funds to comply with applicable rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940. FTFA shall also be responsible for coordinating the provision of information to the Board with regard to the proxy voting policies and procedures of each sub-adviser, including the actual proxy voting policies and procedures of each sub-adviser, changes to such policies and procedures, and reports on the administration of such policies and procedures.
B-1
APPENDIX C
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BACKGROUND
An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.
POLICY
As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)- 6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.
While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).
In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
PROCEDURE
Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
C-1
Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
1. | Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted. |
2. | Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority. |
3. | Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.) |
4. | If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party. |
5. | Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into the account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department. |
6. | Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials. |
Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering, and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:
a. | A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures. |
b. | Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities. |
c. | A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies. |
C-2
d. | Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests. |
e. | A proxy log including: |
1. | Issuer name; |
2. | Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted; |
3. | Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted; |
4. | A brief identification of the matter voted on; |
5. | Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer; |
6. | Whether a vote was cast on the matter; |
7. | A record of how the vote was cast; and |
8. | Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team. |
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.
Disclosure
Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest.
Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
1. | Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company; |
2. | Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and |
3. | Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders. |
Voting Guidelines
Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
C-3
1. | Board Approved Proposals |
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
a. | Matters relating to the Board of Directors |
Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
i. | Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors. |
ii. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director. |
iii. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences. |
iv. | Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. |
b. | Matters relating to Executive Compensation |
Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
i. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution. |
ii. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options. |
iii. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price. |
iv. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less. |
c. | Matters relating to Capitalization |
The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
i. | Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock. |
ii. | Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits). |
iii. | Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs. |
d. | Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions |
Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.
C-4
e. | Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures |
Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:
i. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans. |
ii. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions. |
f. | Other Business Matters |
Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
i. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws. |
ii. | Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting. |
2. | Shareholder Proposals |
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
i. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. |
ii. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals. |
iii. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors. |
3. | Voting Shares of Investment Companies |
Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
a. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios. |
b. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided. |
4. | Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers |
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
a. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management. |
C-5
b. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees. |
c. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated. |
d. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights. |
RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS
For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.
In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.
Western Asset Management Company Limited
Proxy Voting and Corporate Actions Policy
As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.
While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).
In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
RESPONSIBILITY AND OVERSIGHT
The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the
C-6
Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
CLIENT AUTHORITY
The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
PROXY GATHERING
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
PROXY VOTING
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.
Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.
Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)
If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.
Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.
Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.
TIMING
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
C-7
RECORDKEEPING
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include: A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.
Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.
A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.
Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.
A proxy log including:
• | Issuer name; |
• | Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted; |
• | Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted; |
• | A brief identification of the matter voted on; |
• | Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer; |
• | Whether a vote was cast on the matter; |
• | A record of how the vote was cast; and |
• | Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team. |
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.
DISCLOSURE
Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;
Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.
VOTING GUIDELINES
Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.
C-8
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
BOARD APPROVAL PROPOSALS
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
Matters relating to the Board of Directors—Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.
Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.
Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.
Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.
Matters relating to Executive Compensation — Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by- case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.
Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.
Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.
Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.
Matters relating to Capitalization — The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board- approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock;
C-9
Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits);
Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs;
Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions;
Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions;
Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures — Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:
Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans; Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.
Other Business Matters — Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws;
Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans;
Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals;
Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
VOTING SHARES OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES
Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios;
Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.
C-10
VOTING SHARES OF FOREIGN ISSUERS
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management;
Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees;
Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated;
Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.
RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS
For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary.
Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.
In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.
CORPORATE ACTIONS
Western Asset must pay strict attention to any corporate actions that are taken with respect to issuers whose securities are held in client accounts. For example, Western Asset must review any tender offers, rights offerings, etc., made in connection with securities owned by clients. Western Asset must also act in a timely manner and in the best interest of each client with respect to any such corporate actions.
Western Asset Management Company Ltd (“WAMJ”)
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
POLICY
As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies for WAMJ is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients.
C-11
While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).
In exercising its voting authority, WAMJ will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
PROCEDURE
Responsibility and Oversight
The WAMJ Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Operations (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority, WAMJ will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if WAMJ becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If WAMJ personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
e. | Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted. |
f. | Impacted accounts are checked to confirm WAMJ voting authority. |
g. | Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.) |
h. | If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and WAMJ obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle), WAMJ seeks voting instructions from an independent third party. |
C-12
i. | Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, WAMJ may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department. |
j. | Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials. |
Timing
WAMJ personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
WAMJ maintains records of proxies. These records include:
a. | A copy of WAMJ’s policies and procedures. |
b. | Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities. |
c. | A copy of any document created by WAMJ that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies. |
d. | Each written client request for proxy voting records and WAMJ’s written response to both verbal and written client requests. |
e. | A proxy log including: |
i. | Issuer name; |
ii. | Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted; |
iii. | Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted; |
iv. | A brief identification of the matter voted on; |
v. | Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer; |
vi. | Whether a vote was cast on the matter; |
vii. | A record of how the vote was cast; and |
viii. | Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team. |
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in WAMJ’s offices.
Disclosure
WAMJ’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
C-13
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
1. | Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company; |
2. | Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and |
3. | Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders. |
Voting Guidelines
WAMJ’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
1b. | Board Approved Proposals |
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, WAMJ generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
1. | Matters relating to the Board of Directors |
WAMJ votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
i. | Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors. |
ii. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director. |
iii. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences. |
iv. | Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. |
b. | Matters relating to Executive Compensation |
WAMJ generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long- term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
i. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, WAMJ votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution. |
C-14
ii. | WAMJ votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options. |
iii. | WAMJ votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price. |
iv. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, WAMJ votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less. |
c. | Matters relating to Capitalization |
The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where WAMJ is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
i. | WAMJ votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock. |
ii. | WAMJ votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits). |
iii. | WAMJ votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs. |
d. | Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions |
WAMJ votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.
e. | Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures |
WAMJ votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:
i. | WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans. |
ii. | WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions. |
f. | Other Business Matters |
WAMJ votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
i. | WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws. |
ii. | WAMJ votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting. |
2b. | Shareholder Proposals |
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. WAMJ votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
a. | WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. |
iii. | WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with WAMJ’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals. |
iv. | WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors. |
C-15
3b. | Voting Shares of Investment Companies |
WAMJ may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
• | WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios. |
• | WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided. |
4b. | Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers |
In the event WAMJ is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
1. | WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management. |
g. | WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees. |
h. | WAMJ votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated. |
WAMJ votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.
Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (“WAMS”)
Compliance Policies and Procedures
Proxy Voting
WAMS has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and the applicable laws and regulations. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.
While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).
In exercising its voting authority, WAMS will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Franklin Templeton or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
C-16
Procedure
Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
1. | Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted. |
2. | Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority. |
3. | Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. [See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.] |
4. | If a material conflict of interest exists, (4.1) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (4.2) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party. |
5. | Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department. |
6. | Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (4) or (5) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials. |
C-17
Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:
• | A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures. |
• | Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities. |
• | A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies. |
• | Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests. |
• | A proxy log including: |
• | Issuer name; |
• | Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted; |
• | Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted; |
• | A brief identification of the matter voted on; |
• | Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer; |
• | Whether a vote was cast on the matter; |
• | A record of how the vote was cast; and |
Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team. Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.
Disclosure
Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
• | Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, it affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company; |
• | Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and |
• | Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders. |
C-18
Voting Guidelines
Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid the decision making process.
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part 1 deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part 2 deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part 3 addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part 4 addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
Part 1 Board Approved Proposals
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
• | Matters relating to the Board of Directors. |
Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
• | Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors. |
• | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director. |
• | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences. |
• | Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. |
• | Matters relating to Executive Compensation. |
Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
• | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution. |
• | Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or re-pricing of underwater options. |
• | Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price. |
• | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less. |
• | Matters relating to Capitalization. |
C-19
The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
• | Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock. |
• | Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits). |
• | Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs. |
• | Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions. Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions. |
• | Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures. Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows: |
• | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder right plans. |
• | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions. |
• | Other Business Matters. Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting. |
• | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter |
or bylaws.
• | Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting. |
Part 2 Shareholder Proposals SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
• | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. |
• | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals. |
• | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors. |
Part 3 Voting Shares of Investment Companies Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts 1 and 2 above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
• | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios. |
• | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g. proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided. |
Part 4 Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers –i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the
C-20
NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
• | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management. |
• | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees. |
• | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated. |
• | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have pre-emptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have pre-emptive rights. |
Retirement Accounts
For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.
In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (1) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (2) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.
C-21
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits
(1) | Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 |
Part A | Financial Highlights |
Part B | Incorporated into Part B by reference to Registrant’s most recent Certified Shareholder Report on Form N-CSR, filed March 4, 2024 (File No. 811-22369): |
Schedule of Investments at December 31, 2023 |
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2023 |
Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
Notes to Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
(1) | Filed on December 14, 2009 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-163711 and 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein |
(2) | Filed on January 28, 2010 with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-163711 and 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein |
(3) | Filed on March 4, 2019 with Registrant’s Form N-CSR (File No. 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein. |
(4) | Filed on August 18, 2020 with the Registrant’s Form 8-K (File No. 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein. |
(5) | Filed on January 29, 2020 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein. |
(6) | Filed on March 31, 2020 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein. |
(8) | Filed on May 12, 2021 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein. |
(9) | Filed on May 1, 2024 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 811-22369) and incorporated by reference herein. |
(10) | Filed herewith. |
Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
Reference is made to the sales agreement for the Registrant’s common stock incorporated by reference herein or the form of underwriting agreement to be filed as an exhibit in a post-effective amendment to the Registrant’s Registration Statement and the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” contained in Registrant’s Prospectus incorporated by reference herein.
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
SEC registration fees |
$ | 5,756 | ||
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees |
5,850 | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
10,000 | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
100,000 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 121,606 | ||
|
|
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
None.
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities
At August 20, 2024:
Title of Class |
Number of Record Holders | |
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share |
5 |
Item 30. Indemnification
Sections (1) to (3) of Article VII of the Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference as Exhibit (a) to this Registration Statement, provide that:
To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no current or former director or officer of the Registrant shall have any liability to the Registrant or its stockholders for money damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Registrant whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.
The Registrant shall indemnify and advance expenses to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by Maryland statutory or decisional law. The Registrant shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its directors and may do so to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may by By-Law, resolution or agreement make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland statutory or decisional law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Board of Directors may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such By-Laws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. This indemnification applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Registrant whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.
No provision of the Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Registrant against any liability to the Registrant or its security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Adviser
The descriptions of FTFA, Western Asset and Western Asset Limited under the caption “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of this registration statement are incorporated by reference herein. Information as to the directors and officers of FTFA, Western Asset and Western Asset Limited, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the directors and officers of FTFA, Western Asset and Western Asset Limited in the last two years, is included in their respective applications for registration as an investment adviser on Form ADV (File Nos. 801-66785, 801-08162 and 801-21068, respectively) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained at the office of the Registrant at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.
Item 33. Management Services
Not applicable.
Item 34. Undertakings
1. Not applicable.
2. Not applicable.
3. The Registrant undertakes:
(a) to file, during a period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
Provided, however, that paragraphs a(1), a(2), and a(3) of this section do not apply to the extent the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference into the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.
(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment to this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
(1) if the Registrant is relying on Rule 430B [17 CFR 230.430B]:
(A) Each prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (x), or (xi) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or
(2) if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:
The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act;
(2) free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;
(3) the portion of any other free writing prospectus or advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(4) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser
4. Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act:
(a) the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) shall be deemed to be a part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
(b) each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
5. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference into the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
6. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
7. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on the 27th day of August, 2024.
WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Jane Trust | |
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following person in the capacity and on the date indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date | ||
/s/ Jane Trust Jane Trust |
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | August 27, 2024 | ||
/s/ Christopher Berarducci Christopher Berarducci |
Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | August 27, 2024 | ||
/s/ Robert D. Agdern* Robert D. Agdern |
Director | August 27, 2024 | ||
/s/ Carol L. Colman* Carol L. Colman |
Director | August 27, 2024 | ||
/s/ Daniel P. Cronin* Daniel P. Cronin |
Director | August 27, 2024 | ||
/s/ Paolo M. Cucchi* Paolo M. Cucchi |
Director | August 27, 2024 | ||
/s/ Eileen A. Kamerick* Eileen A. Kamerick |
Director | August 27, 2024 | ||
/s/ Nisha Kumar* Nisha Kumar |
Director | August 27, 2024 |
*By: | /s/ Jane Trust | |
Jane Trust | ||
As Agent or Attorney-in-fact | ||
August 27, 2024 |
The original power of attorney authorizing Jane Trust to execute this Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, for the Directors of the Registrant on whose behalf this Registration Statement was filed on May 1, 2024 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2.
Schedule of Exhibits to Form N-2
Exhibit No. | Exhibit | |
(l) | Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP | |
(n) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
(r)(1) | Code of Ethics of the Fund and FTFA | |
(r)(2) | Code of Ethics of Western Asset | |
(s) | Filing Fee Table |